Home

Curtiss-Wright / VMETRO PBT-515 / PBTM-515 Manual

1. sse eerte Table 5 8 The arguments of the Compare command seen Table 5 9 The arguments of the Cycle Sequence command see Table 5 10 The arguments of the Exercise command serere Table 5 11 The arguments of the Local Display command esset Table 5 12 Using the Local Display command serene Table 5 13 The arguments of the Local Modify command see Table 5 14 Using the Local Modify command sese enter trntntenenens Table 5 15 The arguments of the Local Fill command eerte Table 5 16 The arguments of the Target command seen Table 5 17 Valid values of the size argument essere tenentes Table 5 18 The arguments of the Interrupt command essere Table 5 19 The arguments of the Options command sese Table 6 1 The Bus Commands nett peperere rper D ERO Hp EH ERE EE Ei Table 6 2 The S1ze tield ih RERUM MATE NEL Table 6 3 The Status field eet eh ee sosesevseytevvares tette st ee ses E i Table 6 4 The Ert field i i tis saves drerit pete RP E DEL E ETE dg e HEU e n PvE PE Rente soe Table 6 5 The State Held een HERR IURE Hp bettie Redit Table 6 6 The Burst fields euo ee e tan Ret ORE Pes t a aes Table 7 1 VT100 command line options sese tnter enne tenentes Table 7 2 Script cont
2. AD Edit the event expression using the are following keys Addr2 AD geysi E i lt INS gt Insert an event UM DEL Delete an item lt DOWN gt Change an event OR AND 1 NOT Left bracket 1 a Samplinc Right bracket 1 b Store f 1 c If Q 1 d Triggt ANYTHING Addi2 pz PCI3 a 1 1 PC 33 3MHz 32 Figure 4 28 Editing an Event Expression PCI Sequencer ampling in TRANSFER mode tore ALL f Addr1 then Trigger at of trace A b b b an ow sa cuyo gg gia tU Figure 4 29 Addrl is inserted in line I c New All new operators are inserted above the current cursor position i e to insert the operators next If operator mark the START keyword and press the INS key or select nsert from the tool bar or the Edi t menu A list over possible operators appears Select the If operator and press the OK button 64 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Addr2 Trigger position 4 Operation PCI Sequencer 1 a Sampling in TRANSFER mode 1 b Store ALL 1 c If fiddr1 then 1 d Trigger at of trace Figure 4 30 Insert another If test above the Trigger statement PCI Sequencer 1 a Sampling in TRANSFER mode 1 b Store RLL 1 c If fiddr1 then 2 a If GUMTREE then 2 b
3. The Exerciser has a set of internal registers which by default is mapped as a second target window on PCI This window is 0x1000 bytes and will in a system configured by a BIOS be assigned to a dedicated area in PCI memory space It is not possible to disable only this window Registers in the dialog box shown in Figure 6 50 Any write access towards this particular part of the target memory may cause undefined behaviour argument should be used to avoid conflict on PCI If jumper J19 is moved to the position IDSEL connected to GT 64130 the Exerciser responds to Configuration cycles and the Exerciser will if the PBT 515 is placed in a host system like a PC automatically be mapped as a target with a base address given by the BIOS of the host system at power up See Section 11 1 6 11 7 2 Interrupt Interrupts menu 176 The Interrupt command enables the user to generate PCI interrupts Select Interrupts from the menu bar and the dialog box in Figure 6 52 appears User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Exerciser prompt Example 1 Explanation Example 1 Explanation 6 Commands Reference PCI Interrupt Generator Ed INTA One INTCH INTD None Cancel ee Figure 6 52 Interrupt command ab PCI Exerciser OF x PCI int b PCI int 6 PCI interrupt cleared
4. rtisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 12 Appendix 12 APPENDIX A 12 1 List of figures Figure 1 1 The PBT 515 with piggyback modules sse tenerent 2 Figure 1 2 The Setup window where triggers sampling modes etc is defined 3 Figure 1 3 The Trace Display window TRANSFER mode sampling see 4 Figure 1 4 The waveform window tenente tete tenen entente tentent te tenen tnnetee ens 5 Figure 1 5 The Trace Display window when sampling in TRANSACTION mode 6 Figure 1 6 The Exerciser WINdOW snoeien vieoe tenente tenen entente tentent ente tenen S 7 Figure 1 7 The Setup screen terminal view sese enne 8 Figure 1 8 The Alphanumeric Trace Display screen CLOCK mode sampling 9 Figure 1 9 The Waveform Trace Display screen CLOCK mode sampling 9 Figure 1 10 PCI Exerciser terminal mode essent tenente 10 Figure 2 1 A PCI connector facilitating 64 bits boards sse 12 Figure 2 2 External powering of the PBT 515 sss tentent tenente 13 Figure 2 3 External powering of the PBTM 515 sess enne 14 Figure 2 4 Using the Top Spacer eereteteget e e ete ni pe PEE REO enr des 15 Figure 2 5 The 90 PMC Test Adapter sse ennt sinisira 16 Figur
5. 3 4 7 Generate PCI Interrupts The Exerciser can generate any of the four PCI Interrupts but only one at a time The status of the interrupt asserted by the Exerciser are indicated on the status line of BusView 3 4 8 Scan PCI Config Space The Exerciser can do a complete scan of PCI configuration space It systematically probes for all possible devices on the bus the PBT 515 is situated on and if it finds a PCI to PCI bridge it probes through the bridge for all devices possible on the busses behind the bridge The devices found are displayed with parameters such as Config Space address Class Code Vendor Device Vendor ID Prefetchable Memory Memory and I O target windows which bus the device is found on etc A scan of PCI configuration space is useful to get an overview of the devices in the PCI system i e to find where already enabled targets are in PCI memory and to get the information needed for manually configuration and enabling of the devices found See Section 6 11 3 12 3 5 Sampling Modes 30 Applications of the PBT X 515 include hardware and software debugging and testing system tuning and performance analysis Working with the product involves utilizing one of four basic analyzing capabilities e CLOCK sampling useful for hardware debugging e TRANSFER sampling useful for software debugging e TRANSACTION sampling useful for system validation and performance tuning e Statistical analysis providin
6. Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 12 Appendix 238 Figure 4 1 The BusView front panel 0 eccessesssssssessesscsesesesceseececeeceeseceuceeseseeceeseceeceeseceeeeseseeeesesenens 41 Figure 4 2 Multiple sessions of BusView sseeseeseeeeenet tenente tenente enne tentent 43 Figure 4 3 The Setup window sees entente tenen tenete tenerent nte te tentent nis 44 Figure 4 4 The trace display window TRANSFER mode eee 45 Figure 4 5 The Statistics window in Event Counting mode eee 46 Figure 4 6 PCI Exerciser window eene tenente tenen tenen tentent enne tenentes 47 Figure 4 7 Bus Utilization Meter histogram bars sse entente 51 Figure 4 8 Bus Uilization Meter pie chart sse 51 Figure 4 9 Bus Utilization Meter time history curves etre 51 Figure 4 10 The Bus Utilization Meter Options dialog box serere 52 Figure 4 11 Explaining the Event Patterns window seeseseeee ener nter 53 Figure4 12 Editing signal field etre irte EH ONE rens 54 Figure 4 13 Edit the Size field in the Event Patterns window seen 55 Figure 4 14 The Insert Signal dialog box sese nentennnenens 56 Figure 4 15 Scrolling through the field columns eese eterne eene 56 Figure4 16 Renaming an event usate ie leta tee tte t eii eir
7. Enable Memory Write and Invalidate Enable Parity Checking Enable SERR Generation Cancel Figure 6 54 Options command PCI Exerciser OF Xx PCI opt 168 6 6 6 255 16 8 PCI _ New Address 06060080 Prev Next Suit Figure 6 55 The result of the Options command in the Exerciser window 178 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Exerciser prompt 6 Commands Reference The following command format is used to execute the Options command from the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI opt lt enable gt lt latency_timer gt lt cacheline_size gt lt mwrinv gt lt serr gt lt parity gt lt retry_master gt lt retry_target gt lt disconnect gt The arguments are described in Table 6 22 1 enable new input of the options parameters L latency timer __ The PCL latency timer can be 0 255 0 cacheline_size Specifies the system cacheline size in DWORDs Allowed values are 0 4 8 or 16 Note that to generate Memory Write and Invalidate commands this value must be non zero i Enable for Memory Write and Invalidate cycles Q disable 1 enable Serr SERR enable Allows exerciser to generate SERR on the PCI interface 0 disable 1 enable parity Parity checking enable 0 disable 1 enable 255 retry_target The number of PCI clocks before t
8. UXED PAR64 DEVSEL SDONE _PXtrg _PTIMtrg _PBATtrg RST _XFE DETAI REQ64 ACK644 LOCK INTD INTC INTB Table 9 3 Details of the time tag variables Bit 0 3 depends on header PCI dependent data Flag value NPCI_GNTLTCH Bit 4 depends on HW jumper _Wait if Start 0 If Startz0 and data Tag 1 is used else Tag BE 7 0 Command 3 0 Dual Address Command 1101 Command 3 0 Table 9 4 The Cmd Byte Enable variable TRANSFER mode pitt 3 7 6 s 4 31 2 11 0 CmdB yteEnablq C BE 7 0 Table 9 5 The Cmd Byte Enable variable CLOCK mode Signal names ending with a are active low Signal names having an underscore as the first letter are internally generated signals 9 4 Converting the Time Tag to a Time Value The counter starts out with a resolution that is equal to the time tag and latency count base TtBase see Table 9 1 The TtBase can vary from 30 50ns depending on the operating frequency of the PCI bus When time gets larger the frequency automatically changes 216 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Time Value Example 9 Trace File Format The Time Tag is a 12 bits variable consisting of the Tag Prescale 3 0 and the Tag 7 0 bits of the TagL and TagU variables shown in Table 9 3 The four most significant bits of the Time Tag the Tag Prescale P tell
9. and NOT Parenthesis can be used to change the order of how the expression is evaluated see Section 4 7 5 5 8 1 3 6 Utilities PF1 Enter Transparent Mode 198 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 8 Terminal User Interface 8 1 3 7 Setups The setups are stored in the Non Volatile RAM on the tracer and will not be lost by resetting of the analyzer only by clearing the Non Volatile RAM Initialize Store and Delete The stored setups are displayed in the Setups menu so selecting a new setup is done directly from the menu Dump to PC Host Windows 3 1x Terminal Emulator Follow these instructions if operating the PBT X 515 using the Windows Terminal Emulator terminal exe XMODEM The Windows terminal program should be setup to receive data using the XMODEM protocol Select Setti ngs Binary Transfers from the menu bar and click on X M0DE M CRC Select the Dump to PC Host option The dialog box in Figure 8 5 appears I Dump the active setup to a file on a host o To proceed you must be using a terminal emulator on a PC workstation or other host supporting the XMODEM file transfer protocol Example PC with UMETRO s UT18B emulator the WINDOWS terminal emulator PROCOMM PLUS etc Setup name Comment Cancel gt Figure 8 5 Dump a setup to PC Host Type the name of the setup
10. define MODI DX TI MVSB 16 define MODIDX TI MBATVME 17 define MODIDX XVME 18 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 219 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 9 Trace File Format 220 define MODI DX_XVSB 19 define MODI DX_XSCSI 20 define MODI DX_XVXI 21 define MODI DX PCI 22 define MODI DX_TI MPCI 23 define MODI DX_PCI 400A 24 define MODI DX_PCI515 25 define MODIDX PCI 400B 26 I i a ea oua pR quiere cec S ais LR edet eost inc n Setup Sampling Mode values NE EC TI LI IL I DEC EEIRL ELI ete Gast define N SYNC 0x0000 I1 VBT only define N_TRANSFER 0x0000 PBT define N ASYNC 0x0001 I VBT and Timing Analyzers define N CLOCK 0x0001 1l PBT define N SAMPMODIF 0x0002 Both N CLOCK and N SAMPMODIF TRANSFER DETAILS define N SAMPMASK 0x001F I Mask for sampling bits define N MIXED 0x0020 Set if sequencer contains a the sampling modes Info just to show correct status define N USEWAVEFORM 0x0040 Il Show default as waveform define N ALTEVENTS 0x0080 Alternative events used in setup Jes Segen tete uer pe o e ae aaa aia aa aeien te Testen aeaa iaa a a enlm I Format Flags P ll p p p Pc c p DRILL E E E define FMT DECODE 0x00001 global decoding on ps sepsis uses sere RES eG ees ou Sues e ona acoso eg vix Se eR Ese Rie Trace width tom Remote porci pots
11. A rtisan Artisan Technology Group is your source for quality TecmoogyGroup new and certified used pre owned equipment FAST SHIPPING AND SERVICE CENTER REPAIRS WE BUY USED EQUIPMENT DELIVERY Experienced engineers and technicians on staff Sell your excess underutilized and idle used equipment TENS OF THOUSANDS OF at our full service in house repair center We also offer credit for buy backs and trade ins IN STOCK ITEMS www artisantg com WeBuyEquipment EQUIPMENT DEMOS HUNDREDS OF InstraV ea REMOTE INSPECTION LOOKING FOR MORE INFORMATION MANUFACTURERS Remotely inspect equipment before purchasing with Visit us on the web at www artisantg com 7 for more our interactive website at www instraview com information on price quotations drivers technical LEASING MONTHLY specifications manuals and documentation RENTALS ITAR CERTIFIED yop aed Contact us 888 88 SOURCE sales artisantg com www artisantg com User s Manual PBT X 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Including PXMEM8M PB Version 3 02 valid for Firmware 6 0x BusView 3 0x Copyright VMETRO 2000 No part of this document may be furnished or disclosed to any third party and it may not be copied or reproduced in any form electronic mechanical or otherwise without written permission from VMETRO Inc Houston TX USA or VMETRO asa Oslo Norway VMETRO The Bus Analyzer Specialist Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrume
12. Esc or keys to abort the Local Load command 6 11 6 Script Menu 6 11 6 1 Load The Load command opens a previously recorded script file and downloads it to the Exerciser 6 11 6 2 Run The Run tool bar button The Run command runs the script loaded with the Load command The name of the script file appears in the header of the PCI Exerciser window The F5 key can be used as a short cut key User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 171 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference 6 11 6 3 Run Loop e The Run Loop command opens the dialog box in Figure 6 49 and runs the The Run script loaded with the Load command a user defined number of times Loop tool bar button Shift F5 can be used as a short cut key The header of the PCI Exerciser window shows the name of the script file running and a counter which starts at the initial loop count and decrements by one for each time the script is run Loop forever A loop count of zero makes the script loop forever Number of times to loop 123 8 is forever Figure 6 49 Run Loop command 6 11 6 4 Stop ie The Stop command stops the script currently running The Stop tool The F6 key can be used as a short cut key bar button 6 11 6 5 Show To see the contents of the script that is loaded into memory use the Show The Script co
13. PCI New Address 00066686 Figure 6 53 The result of the Interrupt command in the Exerciser window The following command format is used to execute the Interrupt command from the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI int lt irq_line gt The arguments are described in Table 6 21 Description Default Optional irq_line PCI interrupt request line Valid values are any of the letters a b c d and 0 Table 6 21 The arguments of the Interrupt command PCI int b int int command b interrupt line PCI int 0 int int command 0 turn off the interrupt User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 177 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Status line The status line at the bottom of the BusView window displays which interrupt information line is active A LED is marked A B C or D is active if the corresponding interrupt line is enabled The same information can be found by simply typing int at the PCI Exerciser prompt 6 11 7 3 Options The Options command controls the 8 options which define the PCI Exerciser behavior on both the PCI bus and the PCI Exerciser local bus Options menu Select Options from the menu bar and the dialog box in Figure 6 54 appears PCI Exerciser Options x Latency timer e Haster Retry 255 B is forever Target Retry 32 Target Disconnect js Cacheline Size e j
14. The PBT 515 is normally powered from the 5V and 12V rails on the PCI bus but it is important to make sure that the power supply to the carrier board has sufficient capacity to supply the PBT 515 Current consumption is dependent on operating mode and is given below Current Consumption Idle not sampling Idle not sampling Clock Sampling Clock Sampling Table 2 1 Power consumption PBT 515 The PBT 515 can also be powered from an external power source through the front panel inlet as shown in Figure 2 2 Choosing one or the other is done with two blue heavy duty jumpers When working with external power on the PBT User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 2 Installation 515 the analyzer should be powered up before the rest of the PCI system and powered down after the rest of the PCI system Figure 2 2 External powering of the PBT 515 To change to external power move the two jumpers marked Power from PCI to the place marked Power from external power source The factory settings of the jumpers are shown in Figure 11 1 for the PBT 515 and in Figure 11 3 for the PBTM 515 There is an external power supply available from VMETRO with part number 401 EPSU Warning Both jumpers have to be moved Moving only one jumper will connect the external power supply s 5V to the system s 5V causing exc
15. The synchronizing point i e the point where the comparison will start from can be the trigger position the start of the trace or any user specified line in the trace as shown in Figure 4 45 If one trace is longer than the other it is not possible to scroll beyond the boundaries of the shortest trace when trace compare is active User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 85 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation Trace Compare Figure 4 45 Initializing a Trace Compare Note 1 Some fields like the Status field are composed of more than one signal Since some of the decoded values of these fields contain wildcards two trace lines can be marked with blue and red even if they look the same at first sight To unveal the difference turn off the decoding of the signals This is done by selecting Decoding and Formatting fromthe Format menu Note 2 If an error mismatch occurs in the Address or Data field both fields are marked red This is because these fields are treated as one internally 86 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation 4 8 2 Waveforms Note BusView PCI CLOCK mode Trace on Tracer triggered at 25 File Edit Search Jump Format Marker Utilities Window Help C BE 3 8
16. signals can not be inserted in the Trace Display window unless it has been inserted in the Event Patterns window before the trace is taken User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 35 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 3 Functional description 3 6 1 3 Shared Signals PBT 515 Ext 4 REO Ext 3 GNT Ext 5 PME 3 6 1 4 Ext 4 REO Ext 3 GNT In order to accommodate as many signals as possible a few signals share the same trace channel through jumpers With jumper J10 in the default position shown in Figure 11 1 the Ex t 4 signal is sampled By moving jumper J10 the RE Q signal of the PBT 515 is sampled With jumper J11 in the default position shown in Figure 11 1 the Ex t 3 signal is sampled By moving jumper J11 the GNT signal of the PBT 515 is sampled With jumper J28 in the default position shown in Figure 11 1 the Ext 5 signal of the PBT 515 is sampled By moving jumper J28 the P ME signal is sampled Shared Signals PBTM 515 In order to accommodate as many signals as possible a few signals share the same trace channel through jumpers With jumper J10 in the default position shown in Figure 11 2 the Ex t 4 signal is sampled By moving jumper J10 the RE Q signal of the PBTM 515 is sampled With jumper J11 in the default position shown in Figure 11 2 the Ex t 3 signal is sampled By moving jumper J11 the GNT
17. www artisantg com 2 Installation 2 4 4 Establish communication USB PBT 515 PBTM 515 Install driver Ready to run Connect a standard USB cable from the USB port on the front panel of the PBT 515 to a free USB port on the PC Connect the special USB cable for the PBTM 515 from the serial port on the front panel of the PBTM 515 to a free USB port on the PC The cable is shown in Figure 2 6 When the cable is connected Windows immediately detects a new USB device and tries to locate a driver for it If a driver is not found the driver installation procedure begins When Windows asks for a location for the driver press the Browse button and go to the BusView CD or if BusView is already installed on the PC the driver can be found in the SYSTEM catalog in the BusView directory The driver files are the ncusb sys and vmetro usb inf files When the driver is installed BusView is ready to run Start BusView by clicking on the BusView icon on the desktop The operation of the PBT X 515 is explained in Chapter 4 To PBTM 515 To PC Port Data Data GND ITT CANNON Cable length 3m USB type A Micro MDSM 15 Male Male PN CA111972 11 Figure 2 6 USB cable for the PBTM 515 2 4 5 Establish communication RS 232 18 The PBT 515 is shipped with an RS232 cable suited to connect to the micro DB9 connector on the front panel Connect the other end of the cable to a free COM port on the PC User s Manual PB
18. www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference 6 9 4 5 Trace Signal A trace signal template your special setup of mnemonic and or hex binary signal fields can be saved opened and deleted 6 9 5 Marker Menu Markers can be placed in the waveform diagram to perform delta time measurements 6 9 5 1 Set Marker Y The Mar ker Y command inserts the Y marker into the waveform window The Marker Y tool bar button 6 9 5 2 Set Marker Z a The Marker Z command inserts the Z marker into the waveform window The Marker Z tool bar button 6 9 5 3 Delete Marker Y The Delete Marker Y command removes the Y Marker from the waveform window 6 9 5 4 Delete Marker Z The Del ete Marker Z command removes the Z Marker from the waveform window 6 10 Statistics Selecting Statistics from the menu bar means entering the Statistics The window The Statistics window has three new items in the menu bar containing M tool commands for controlling all the Statistics options and capabilities ar button 6 10 1 Session Menu The Sessi 0n command in the Statistics window menu bar is the functional equivalent of the Tr ace menu in the Setup window providing Run and Hal t commands for operating the statistics 128 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference 6 10 1 1 Run Choosing Sessi o
19. 515 has a user interface based on five four for the PBTM 515 different windows e The Setup window e The Trace Display window e The Statistics window e The Bus Utilization Meter window e The Exerciser window PBT 515 only 4 4 1 Setup Window The Setup window is the control panel of the analyzer In addition to the different menus and the tool bar the setup window contains two major elements as shown in Figure 4 3 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 43 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation 44 e The Event Patterns window e The Sequencer window These windows are used to define triggers store qualifiers etc and are both described in detail later in this chapter gni BusView x Edit Trace Statistics Exerciser Setups Utilities Window Help mal OTT SIA TOTO plo EI eM Save Save as D Burst Command address Data M Jatus ef ees Printer Setup x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX XXXX Event Patterns window A XXXX v Save Settings on Exit PCI Sequencer Single Event Hode Sampling in TRANSFER mode Store ALL Trigger at START of trace PC 8333MHz 32 Figure 4 3 The Setup window User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentati
20. 6 10 5 9 Sampling IVI scsissiirsiei inisieer i iiaia raii 133 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser xiii Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com CONTENTS xiv 6 10 5 10 Save Statistics to File iiie bi hri Rosi inde daleiaiates edeestndiveiedes 133 GUT U Co CISEN eMe Q 135 XB ce a ife EVO t E 135 NNI CC 135 eA Mig M ster MEDU M T 136 NNNM IL 136 GONNA AC M ETE 138 2 BS SR TUG denter TM R O 140 SE Re A eet nara et ni 142 SNB SNR Pu X 144 O T1 3 6 TIGA poesis porrecto Pe te i ae c d n V ERE RH ADR 147 6 11 3 7 DMA ANG M M 149 9 RUNS S RS RM 150 pH E COBIDI Leste caso nrg aeons E scu RM 152 p 1L TOC vele SEQUENCE ios esiti dtes tds boue Fable que asi iuc ES RES 154 6 11 31 L EXET SE PERRO m 156 6 11 3 12 Interr pt Acknowledge irsssresiisisisssiiiinisssrsiisssserrisissais 158 NNNM S Special Cycl ss Tc rA AE 159 GAB MCIPUR EN cM E T E A E 160 611 4 Local uir m THEN 162 T1151 Local Display o ded o dU dieu be dad ied uM Nus 162 6 11 4 2 Local MOGIL V esee pese dodo ose nada Meus ult ae ea Cuba dud 164 G11 AS Local PA m 165 6 11 5 Load Save OMNIS NORD 167 6 11 5 1 Save Memory to File
21. 6 2 Edit Menu The Edi t menu contains all the necessary tools for editing event patterns the Sequencer etc The Edi t menu is the same both in the Setup window and in the Trace window except that some fields are grayed out in the Trace window Note The Trace buffer data can not be manipulated with these operators If trace buffer screens are to be copied pasted into other applications like a Word document etc use the lt Alt gt lt Print Screen gt function to copy a screen image into the Windows clipboard All these commands are very carefully described in Chapter 4 Read the section concerning the Event Patterns window for editing in the Event Patterns window the section concerning the Sequencer for editing of the Sequencer etc 110 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference 6 2 1 Undo S The Undo command undoes the last executed E di t command The Undo tool bar button 6 2 2 Cut The Cut command allows the user to remove event patterns signal fields etc The Select the item to be deleted with the mouse and choose Edi t Cut press the Cut tool Cut button at the tool bar press the DEL key on the keyboard or press the bar button Ctrl x keys 6 2 3 Copy Eg The Copy command allows the user to copy event patterns signal fields etc The Select the item to be copied wi
22. G 6626 00450 8888 G 2000 4000 8888 G 6626 80458 8888 G 2000 4000 8888 G amm New Address 00000000 Prev Same Next Quit Figure 6 38 The result of the Local Display command in the Exerciser window The following command format is used to execute the Local Display command from the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI ld lt addr gt lt data_size gt The arguments are described in Table 6 14 Required Optional NE AENENMEE S Qs dM NEN to displa A eee Lowe Valid values are 1 2 or 4 bytes 4 Table 6 14 The arguments of the Local Display command Once the Local Display command has been executed the data is displayed in the PCI Exerciser window Buttons at the bottom of the window are used for further display or the keystrokes in Table 6 15 can be used Command Description Display next area p Display previous area Display the same area Display data at address new address Table 6 15 Using the Local Display command Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 163 Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Example 1 Explanation MA TA PCI Id 200000 4 Id Local Display command 200000 Local User Memory start address 4 4 bytes display format Master and Target abort is signalized with MA an
23. PMC Test Adapter In addition to the regular Top Spacer for attaching PMC modules on top of the PBTM 515 there is a 90 PMC Test Adapter for attaching PMC modules at 90 to the PBTM 515 The 90 PMC Test Adapter consists of two boards Board A and Board B The setup is shown in Figure 2 5 The 90 PMC Test Adapter facilitates easier on board testing of the PMC module because of the increased accessibility of both sides of the board The Test Adapter may be purchased from VMETRO Part number PBTM5 90 SPC AINGOW OWd BOARD B AINGOW OWd BOARD A H HE v us e ion SIE oT eee E HOST BOARD a Figure 2 5 The 90 PMC Test Adapter 2 3 4 1 Installing the 90 PMC Test Adapter Place Board A on a smooth surface Align Board A and Board B with correct orientation as shown in Figure 2 5 By using both hands press Board B down with the thumbs Mount the 90 PMC Test Adapter assembly on top of the PBTM 515 as described in Section 2 3 3 1 16 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 2 Installation The PMC module under test can now be mounted on the PMC connectors on Board B and the whole assembly consisting of the PBTM 515 90 PMC Test Adapter and the PMC module can be mounted on the host board 2 4 BusView for Windows Graphical User Interface 2 4 1 System Requi
24. TL e 4 ITs nE POCOCK mode Trace on Tracer triggered at 25 2 Tio ampie TineRel FRAMEN C BE 3 8 D 31 0 IRDYH TRDVH DEUSELW STOPE Ext74 t 36ns 1 6664859C 36ns 1 6664859C 36ns 1 8804859C 38ns 1 8885859C 38ns 8 861CD608 38ns 1 661CD666 36ns 1 FFFF 8391 FRAME 8 AD 31 0 00048353C 00043853C 661CD666 IRDY PCI 33 3MHz 32 Figure 4 48 Displaying a trace in several windows 4 8 4 Trace Dump to PC Host Trace buffer data can be dumped to a file on a PC The file format contains a header with target type sampling mode trigger position trigger line number etc so that the file can be reviewed exactly as captured Save as Choose Save aS type a file name and press the OK button The dialog box in Figure 4 49 appears Type how many lines you want to save and press the OK button or simply press the OK button to save the whole trace Note The trace can be saved both as binary files and as ASCII files The ASCII files can then be opened and edited in any other text editor but because they have not saved all the vital information about the trace they can not be opened in Bus View again Dump Trace To File e All CyFirst Line Last Line 25573 Figure 4 49 Dumping a trace to file 90 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation 4 9
25. There are 2 ways of sending commands to the Exerciser e By typing commands at the command line prompt in the Exerciser window e By using the dialog boxes available from the Script Master Target Interrupt Local andthe Options menus Some of the commands have several arguments Arguments can be required or optional e argument required lt argument gt optional When using the command line interface all required arguments have to be specified When using dialog boxes the arguments come up with a default value If jumper J19 is moved to the position IDSEL connected to 1960 the 1960RP processor on the PCI Exerciser responds to Configuration cycles and can thus be configured from an external PCI agent See Section 11 1 If the PBT 515 is put in a PCI slot designated target only the Exerciser can only act as a target on the bus i e it cannot perform any commands from the Master andthe Interrupt menus The PCI Exerciser provides several ways of getting help e Context sensitive help Type a command in the Exerciser window and press the Ctrl F1 keys The on line help opens at the page describing the command e Type h or followed by a command and a list of arguments appears in the Exerciser window e Use the on line help manual available by pressing the help button at the tool bar User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 135 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrument
26. and between the data phases in the a burst transfer _MUXED 0 when in de multiplexed mode 1 in multiplexed mode _XTRG2 Piggyback 2 trigger output _PTIMTRG PTIM trigger output _PBATTRG jPBAT trigger output _XFER 0 when tracer in TRANSFER sampling and 1 in TRANSFER DETAIL DETAIL sampling Can only contain different values when header nhLastRunSampMode is MIXED Will always be 1 in CLOCK sampling _Start O in the address phase indicating the start of a transaction 9 6 BusView Trace File Format The following code example shows how to decode the BusView trace file The trace line data layout is the same as for terminal Note that the absolute time tag is added at the end finclude lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt typedef int BOOLEAN typedef unsigned long UI NT32 typedef unsigned short UI NT16 typedef unsigned char UI NT8 typedef struct UI NT32 ms I Millisecond part UI NT32 ps I Picosecond part UI NT16 flags Flags TI ME 218 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 9 Trace File Format define NT_NEG 0x0001 Time is negative before trigger define NT MAXTAG 0x0002 Time to long to be save in ti metag define NT ASYNCQ 0x0004 I Time invalid because of asyncrounous store qualifier VBT only typedef struct ch
27. c 88888888 SO3fffff 1 1i 1 s 8 Uerify Error Data at address 88880318c was 11 expected 18 1 errors found in test pattern PCI ed New Address 5 00000006 s Figure 6 29 The result of the Compare command in the Exerciser window Exerciser The following command format is used to execute the Compare command prompt from the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI c lt start_addr gt lt end_addr gt lt value gt lt repeat gt lt addr_space gt lt data_size gt lt cycle_type gt lt local_addr gt The arguments are described in Table 6 11 start_addr PCI hexadecimal start address of 4 ee eue cem E end addr PCI hexadecimal end address of E Gio E NEN value Can either be a hexadecimal value to use as fixed pattern or z walking zero pattern o walking one pattern s address as data r random data use data in local addr repeat Number of repetitons 0 is forever A new data value is generated for each repetition he To stop the test hit ESC addr space PCI address space o A a a Valid values are 1 2 or 4 bytes 4 EE Single or Burst cycle s Single cycle b Burst cycle Mem commands only local addr Local memory address of data pattern O User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 153 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Example 1 Explanation
28. eessesnssssessesssssesssessessesssessessesnsesoessessssssessessseese 167 6 11 5 2 Save Local Memory to Pile ice ocaaconicadsceseancenvizencunehiaeedenctdtosemaneinezentiees 168 6 11 5 3 Load Memory from Filess circsisicsiineisoieniircisr ensein nseni 169 6 11 5 4 Load Local Memory from E18 occa tret era tr eid trt crt ctus 170 BUG Script Men NN NEN 171 OGN Loads a ea T E a 171 6 LOZ RUM edi ET 171 6 11 6 3 UU T 172 SN Born m 172 CMM Ned Wa rr 172 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com CONTENTS 6 11 6 6 Start Recording RT 172 6 LL67 Disert Pauser ocenia ivit i bach Hua ea Ense dtu eu cedros o E 173 6 1 1G os Ins rt Gn d 173 6 1 1 6 9 Arcum Ti C 173 6 11 60 10 Insert hos RE c c 173 6 11611 insert Endof LAP n 173 6 11 6 12 SOP dicerem 173 6 11 6 13 Slet Made iuit teeter eee eee 174 6 11 7 hese rie is CommandS ansiedad a pecu rm Papas read bes Mon Er tas ne 174 6D a 2 E 174 O1 1 7 2 TMU PT E 176 OSNSCESX EL GL M 178 ANNE RU DIM T 180 6 11 8 Commands only available in Terminal mode esses 180 AU B Nescio H 180 6 119 FUE IO M NT S 181 MIO iU e 181 aoa BP a
29. loaded Show sampling status window at trace run The dialog box in Figure 6 4 is displayed during trace run when this option is selected The dialog box continuously displays the current sampling status Use simulated LEDs in status line This is a purely esthetic option selecting whether the status lamps at the status line should look three dimensional or not This option is turned off when using a black and white screen Use watchdog on Exerciser This option is only available when running BusView with the PBT X 415 PCI Bus Analyzer When the watchdog is enabled the user will be notified if the Exerciser is hanging on infinite retry cycles on PCI Require user input on Exerciser Test and Compare The Test and Compare commands can be executed without the need of user input when the test or compare fails When this option is turned off the error messages are still written to screen but no user input is required to make the test compare continue 6 6 7 Bus Utilization Meter The Bus Utilization Meter command toggles the Bus Utilization Meter on and off The Bus Utilization Meter is explained in Section 4 4 4 2 6 6 8 Bus Utilization Meter Options The Bus Utilization Meter Options command provides a series of user interface options for the Bus Utilization Meter The Bus Utilization Meter Options are explained in Section 4 4 4 2 6 6 9 Selftest The Sel f test command starts an extensive test of the analyzer Runn
30. two The principles are the same as for any other Windows application 4 2 1 Mouse Control With the left mouse button almost everything can be done in BusView By clicking the left mouse button you can make selections at the menu bar and at the tool bar switch between windows and move around in dialog boxes and pull down menus The right mouse button has some interesting features too it is for instance used to move the Y and Z marker in the waveform display window as explained in Section 6 9 5 4 2 2 Keyboard Control ef l gt Alt lt key gt The cursor keys move the cursor to the desired command Type CR i e J or the down cursor key J to open the pull down menu or dialog box Alternatively use the Alt lt key gt method described below All the elements at the menu bar have one underlined character By typing Alt lt key gt where lt key gt is the underlined character the pull down menu or dialog box belonging to the specific element is activated User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 41 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation selects Place the cursor by using the cursor keys on the wanted command and type CR to select Gray text Commands that cannot be executed in the current context are shown in low intensity Ctrl TAB In the same way as you change Windows applications with the Alt TAB keys the Ctrl TAB keys
31. 120 Wait 192 trigger line 126 wait cycles histogram 97 trigger operator 78 watchdog 121 trigger output options 119 waveform 123 trigger position 38 113 Waveform window 4 8 change 66 199 waveforms 88 default 61 navigation 88 triggering 36 37 window levels 37 alphanumeric list 123 PXMEMSM PB 105 arrange icons 122 triggering stage 36 cascade 122 troubleshooting 20 select window 123 firmware upgrade 230 tile horizontally 122 TtBase 217 tile vertically 122 tuning 30 waveform 123 tuning parameters 231 windows tutorial add 90 Sequencer 62 Windows terminal emulator 200 TW 190 Windows versions 17 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com word recognizers contents write write burst x X marker move XMODEM Y marker move Z marker move zoom in zoom out User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 36 53 141 141 157 89 200 202 90 90 128 128 13 Index 255 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com A rtisan Artisan Technology Group is your source for quality TecmoogyGroup new and certified used pre owned equipment FAST SHIPPING AND SERVICE CENTER REPAIRS WE BUY USED EQUIPMENT DELIVERY Experienced engineers and technicians on staff Sell your excess underutilized and idle used equipment TENS OF THOUS
32. 2 Delay a certain time Transitions Actions may take place as a function of event pattern match and next state number However Sampling and Del ay will only be a function of the current state number as a self imposed restriction In addition to actions each state may lead to transitions i e Gota Goto another state in the Sequencer Trigger Trigger the analyzer Halt i Halt the sampling User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 71 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation 72 Transitions may occur as a function of event pattern match I f El si f El se tests counter carry delay carry and next state number The general structure and capabilities of one state in the Sequencer program is as shown below Sampling in TRANSFER TRANSFER DETAILS CLOCK mode Store Event Expression If Event expression then Trigger Goto lt State gt Halt or Sampling in TRANSFER TRANSFER DETAILS CLOCK mode Store lt Event Expression gt Count lt Numeric expression gt of lt Event expression gt then Trigger Goto lt State gt Halt or Sampling in TRANSFER TRANSFER DETAILS CLOCK mode Store lt Event Expression gt Delay lt Time expression gt then If lt Event expression gt then Trigger Goto lt State gt Halt Each f Count or Del ay may also have an El si f El se branch as shown below More th
33. 31 The result of the Cycle Sequence command in the Exerciser window Exerciser The following command format is used to execute the Cycle Sequence prompt command from the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI q lt start_addr gt lt end_addr gt lt repeat gt lt data_size gt lt cycle_type gt lt dir gt lt value gt lt local_addr gt The arguments are described in Table 6 12 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 155 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference start_addr PCI hexadecimal start address of ed EE cee NN end_addr PCI hexadecimal end address of pe ee repeat Number of times 0 is forever to 1 ee o M addr space PCI address space m PCI Memory space i PCI I O space c PCI Configuration space data_size Size of each data object to fill Valid values are 1 2 or 4 bytes 4 cycle_type Single or Burst cycle b Burst cycle Mem commands only a a LUE w write value Can either be a hexadecimal value to use as fixed pattern or z walking zero pattern o walking one pattern s address as data r random data 2 use data in local addr localaddr Local memory address of data pattern 0 Table 6 12 The arguments of the Cycle Sequence command Example 1 PCI q 20000 200ff 2 c Explanation q Cycle Sequence command 20000 PCI start address 200ff PCI end address 2
34. 4 AD32 AD32 2 AD32 1 AD32 6 AD32 1 AD32 AD32 RC triggered at START Burst Command Address ConfRd HRdHul MemWri MemWri Hemuri I Rd I O Rd I Rd HemnRd Hur Inu HRdLn HRdLn HRdLn HRdLn HRdLn ConfUur MemWri MemWri 555500608 6660AAAA 60800008 66666666 68888668 88888888 88888889 8888888A fs nn eli Data BBBBBBBB DDDDDDDD EEEEEEEE FEDCBA98 76543216 11223344 55667788 CAFECAFEABBAABBA 3333222211110000 7777666655554444 66106666 60100008 661060664 68188668 88188688 60200008 60500008 00400004 88112233 44556677 33333333 YBN LY lel Es Status Err OK PCI 33 3MHz 32 Figure 4 42 The Trace Display in Alphanumeric mode 4 8 1 1 Navigation and Signal Selection Edit the Trace window Add Remove Reorganize The default PBT X 515 trace display will show a selection of signals and signal groups in the trace list that are most relevant However if more signals groups are displayed than there is space for on the screen a scroll bar appears at the bottom of the trace display The Trace window both in alphanumeric and waveform mode can be edited in the same way as the Event Patterns window Signals can be added removed and reorganized according to the wishes of the user Place the cursor on the signal name to the right of below in the case of waveform mode the place you want to insert a new signal Select nsert from the Edi t menu or the too
35. 4 Jump Previous Error The Jump Previous Error command jumps to the next erroneous line in the trace buffer 6 4 Trace Menu 114 The Trace menu controls starting stopping and displaying of the trace User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference 6 4 1 Run PCI To start the analyzer for the target currently selected simply execute The Run Trace Run PCI tool bar button 6 4 2 Run Multiple e TheRun Multi pl e command is used only when a piggyback module like The Run the PTIMBATSOO PB is installed on the PBT 515 Execute the command to Multiple tool start simultaneous operation of all the analyzers present in the actual hardware PUEDE configuration 6 4 3 Halt ie Normally the trace acquisition will stop by itself and present the Trace Display The Halt window after the trigger is found and the trace buffer is filled However if the tool bar button trigger is never found or the trace buffer does not get completely filled after the trigger one may want to stop the trace manually Use the Hal t command when a single analyzer is running i e the current target 6 4 4 Halt All C If the Run Multiple was used to start all analyzers it is possible to stop all The Halt of them or the ones still running through the Halt Al button in the an tool bar Sampling Status box or
36. 4741 24 0 and 4741 24 9 e Rotating Micrograbber test clip part number 5790 0 e RS232 cable for PC part number 401 PBT 232 e USB cable part number 401 PBT USB User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 11 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 2 Installation Note Yu should also inspect the board to verify that no mechanical damage appears to have occurred Please report any discrepancies or damage to your distributor or to VMETRO immediately 2 2 2 Slot Selection Slot selection Warning Note The PBT 515 can be installed in any 32 or 64 bits slot in a PCI motherboard The PBT 515 can even be installed in slots marked target only but this reduces the functionality of the Exerciser to target only as well see Section 6 11 1 Both 3 3V and 5V PCI bus slots are supported Do not install the board into a powered system Some PCs do not comply with the PCI specification and come with PCI connectors where the groove to facilitate 64 bits boards like the PBT 515 is missing The groove is shown in Figure 2 1 If the groove is missing it is possible to make one by melting the plastic on the connector with a soldering iron or by cutting with a sharp knife Make sure the power is off on the PC before the operation Some PCs have no groove here Figure 2 1 A PCI connector facilitating 64 bits boards 2 2 3 Power Consumption 12
37. 51 load memory from file 171 Memory Write and Invalidate 50 modify 165 menu bar 41 save memory to file 169 message line 41 local display 163 mnemonic 54 local fill 166 mnemonics 84 local load 171 mode local modify 165 Single Event 61 local save 169 models local user memory range 163 BX DX EX 26 LOCK 187 modify 139 loose sequence 80 mouse control 42 LowAddr 191 move Is 169 Exerciser window 48 m 139 multiple User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 249 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 13 Index 250 sessions of BusView 43 multiple signals select 56 multiple trigger 78 multiplexed architecture 186 navigation trace buffer 85 88 negation 37 58 new setup 109 next edge 125 next match 125 non volatile memory clear 23 119 231 NOT 80 NOT operator 37 58 notation Sequencer 74 numeric keypad 196 open 110 Sequencer 69 open sequencer 113 operator count TI delay 78 goto 77 halt 79 if elsif else 76 sampling 76 store 76 trigger 78 operators 199 delete 71 insert 65 71 insert at bottom 67 Sequencer 74 opt 179 options 179 bar markers 132 count options 133 graph display options 133 histograms 132 sampling mode 134 scale 133 select events 134 signal field 55 time history curves 132 unit 133 OR 79 overview PBT 515 25 PBTM 515 25 PAR 187 PAR64 189 parity cycles sampling 114 paste 112 PBT X 515 1 PBTtrg 105 PC requirement
38. 6 Commands Reference 6 8 2 Search for Help on The Search for Help on command enables a list of Help items where The the user can search for a desired item Search for Help on tool bar button 6 8 3 Using Help The Using Hel p command offers a guide to how the help feature works 6 9 Trace Display When a trace is taken and displayed BusView enters the Trace Display window The Trace Display window features some new menu bar items and some new tool bar items The Trace Display window is slightly different when the trace is displayed as an alphanumeric list compared to when it is displayed as a waveform 6 9 1 Search menu BusView features a Search and Extract mechanism where the user can define search extract patterns Edge Jumping is a feature in Waveform display which allows the user to jump to the nearest falling or rising edge of the selected signal s 6 9 1 1 Edit Search Pattern TheEdi t Search Pattern command displays the window in Figure 6 8 The Edit which allows the user to define one search pattern and one extract pattern Search Pattern tool bar button I3 Search Extract Pattern for TIM PCI of x Event FRAMES C BE 3 0 AD 31 0 661xxxxx XXXXXXXX IRDY TRDY DEUSEL STOPS Ext78 Figure 6 8 The Edit Search Pattern window User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 123 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisa
39. 7 1 Target The Target command allows the user to map a PCI target window into the Local User Memory When activated parts of the Local User Memory can be accessed by other PCI bus masters In this manner the PCI Exerciser can emulate a PCI target memory device Target menu Select Target from the menu bar and the dialog box in Figure 6 50 appears PCI Target x Window size 8192K 4 Window address 00000000 007FFFFF Internal Registers Do not move 4 Cancel Figure 6 50 Target command ur Exerciser OF Xx PCI target 1 86666666 PCI JCU M X EJ New Address 00000800 Preu Same Next Quit Figure 6 51 The result of the Target command in the Exerciser window 174 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Exerciser The following command format is used to execute the Target command from prompt the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI target lt enable gt lt pci_base gt lt size gt lt move_ireg gt The arguments are described in Table 6 19 and Table 6 20 Description Default Optional enable 1 to enable or 0 to disable the target window pci base PCI hexadecimal start address the target window size Size of the PCI target window The size 0x800000 argument is specified as a hexadecimal number and is restricted to being a power o
40. 75 as shown in Figure 3 10 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 3 Functional description Start Middle End 0 25 50 75 100 gt Figure 3 10 The selections of trigger positions Note that the trigger may occur before the trace buffer has been filled completely ahead of its specified trigger position In such cases the trace buffer will be only partly filled before the trigger Imagine if the second sample collected was the trigger and the trigger position was 50 then if the trace buffer is 64K 32K 1 cells in the first part of the trace buffer will be empty and 32K 1 samples will be displayed Note also that if the trace is not completely filled after the trigger and then halted manually possible in all cases except End of Trace the unused post trigger portion of the trace buffer may contain valid pre trigger samples from the previous round of sampling remember the trace buffer is circular If this is the case these samples will be shown since they may contain useful information They will be displayed as the first samples in the buffer The Halt sample will be displayed last 3 6 5 Investigating System Performance Statistics Functions The PCI analyzer may also be used to look at the performance of a PCI bus system For this purpose the PBT X 515 Bus Analyzer system is equipped with a St
41. 88888888 88801888 88088680801 88885382 88880885 88888888 80001098 66060616 60000020 008000058 680008888 800010a0 80000108 60000200 66060406 0880808888 8000180b8 80001008 00002000 008005088 080888888 866616c6 666166668 66626666 888508880 888888880 8888018d8 80188088 808280888 88508880 88888888 r 800018e80 01000008 02000000 640606006 080888888 800010F0 10000008 20000000 46060686 88080808 p T KEEN xil New Address 00000099 Prev Same Next Quit Figure 6 13 The result of a Display command in the Exerciser window The following command format is used to execute the Display command from the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI d lt start_addr gt lt addr_space gt lt data_size gt lt cycle_type gt lt end_addr gt The arguments are described in Table 6 1 Description Default Required Optional start addr Start address of PCI area to display addr space PCI address space m PCI Memory space i PCI I O space c PCI Configraton space ELE Dll Valid values are 1 2 or 4 bytes 4 cycle type Single or Burst cycle s Single cycle b Burst cycle Mem cycles onl Loc Ern um display max start_addr 255 start addr Table 6 1 The arguments of the Display command Once the Display command has been executed the data is displayed i
42. Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 8 Terminal User Interface SE RI EA F XI E Finished Y N N GOTO UserMode Cod m 20mc A 8 2 4 4 Script Example 2 The following example shows how to change the baud rate Select baud rate om select a baud rate n 0 to Abort o OO O3 LI ccc Occ wor WwW Cc Oo co on za F nu GOTO Bau zzz C5 CO n2 I wv o oc E Upload upload inp Look at the two files up oad bat and upload inp on the Firmware Distribution Diskette for a more elaborate example User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 211 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 9 Trace File Format 9 TRACE FILE FORMAT 9 1 Trace File Format Note File ID Record IDs 212 This section describes the file format used by the Dump Load commands The file format is built up of a set of records starting with a record ID and a record length This makes it possible for an older version of the product to read a new version of a file just by skipping the unknown records New features will therefore be added as new records when the file format is changed All numbers in the file format use Motorola layout big endian The file ID header contains the following text fields VMETRO TRACE MO
43. E tana tua bie esate 91 4 9 1 2 Trace DEVOl oat eet oie dio iid E diede dicU ten a ito 9 BO Bes eoi 92 4 9 3 B s Ua AU OM Nc M 93 29 3 1 Bus Utilization Mele ssec rne cett tego bm A coU R ED gen R DU DU MIO IDEA MES 94 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser ix Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com CONTENTS 4 9 4 Bus Transfer Rates ciscsatscisatseateadenecaeudundesaskogen sesweandsadnaceetaseadadasdiebsesaatenedsnteooaaasaes 95 29 3 Bas EOL Bo oie tidie RU a Rn iuuat ctos ni su ace Dude 95 4 9 0 B rst Praia C a E R E E E i 96 4 9 7 Command WSC sicci csioe npa do ia i iseina aas aidaa ioa ia rad ido siu onda 97 49 S Statistics OPONIS ENTE E o ree eer ee eer eee 98 4 9 8 1Statistics WAM OW m 98 4 9 8 2 Histograms or Time History Curves eene 99 4 9 8 3 Bar MAFKOES Lig onde ba E adsunt adi eeu Do cud 100 4 9 AE Count CIUS soeur idein Rhode tnu Menem eee 101 5 PXMEM8M PB EXTENDED MEMORY eeeeeeneen eee 104 5 1 PXMEMSM PB Extended Memory i cccccccssccascnssccsecesssseccescssecnensssecconssssccenscsnscees 104 5 2 Plus TTE e 104 5 3 External IMP tS c I 105 Er Mcd e 105 6 1 File Uri E 108 MEL SetuP Met 10
44. Exerciser 3 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 1 Getting Started Ctrl Tab CLOCK Mode Trace Run u BusView PCI TRANSFER mode Trace PCIMISC TRC triggered at START OF x dy File Edit Search Jump unt Format Marker Utilities Window Help l xl PS elt ss S v s Hm Sample Pues Wait Size Burst Command Address Data Status Err TRIG 6ns MLLEF ConfRd 55550000 AD32 HRdHul 6666AAAA AD32 MemWri 66660606 AD32 MemWri 868888688 AD32 MemWri 66060606 FFFF AD32 I 0Rd 88888888 BBBBBBBB AD32 I 0Rd 88888889 DDDDDDDD AD32 IZORd 8888888A EEEEEEEE A64 HemRd FEDCBA9876543216 D32 PPS 11223344 D32 wee 55667788 A64 MWrInu CAFECAFEABBAABBA D64 nnm 3333222211116666 D64 ween 777766665555 4444 R32Rq6 HRdLn 60100088 AD32 HRdLn 601886088 66112233 AD32 HRdLn 66106664 44556677 AD32 HRdLn 60108608 AD32 HRdLn 601006008 AD32 ConfWr 00200008 AD32 MemWri 664606606 33333333 AD32 MemWri 88588880h 44444444 MemWri 860588688 Figure 1 3 The Trace Display window TRANSFER mode sampling Switch back to the Setup window by pressing the Ctrl key together with the Tab key or by using the mouse Operating BusView is described in Section 4 2 Change sampling mode to CLOCK mode by selecting Edi t Sampling mode Cl ock from the menu bar or by pressing the CLOCK tool bar button Notice that the first line in the Sequencer window now displays
45. For this purpose the enclosed Top Spacer is used The Top Spacer extends the PMC slot and enables the PMC module to be mounted on top of the Top Spacer as shown below The spacer has male connectors on top and female connectors at the bottom matching the top connectors of the analyzer The spacer is designed such that the front panel of the PMC module under test is resting on top of the front panel of the VME carrier board This ensures that the stacked module remains parallel with the VME carrier board PMC MODULE JE Figure 2 4 Using the Top Spacer Be very careful when attaching and removing the spacer from the PBTM 515 The connectors can be damaged if they are angled and forced Pull on both sides simultaneously 2 3 3 1 Installing the Top Spacer Place the PBTM 515 on a smooth surface with a controlled static environment Align and mount gently the spacer with six small connectors on top of the analyzer as shown in Figure 2 4 By using both hands on top of the spacer press the spacer down with the thumbs A loud snap should be heard when the connectors attach Inspect the connectors to see if they are all seated correctly User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 15 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 2 Installation When the spacer is correctly seated on the PBTM 515 the whole assembly can be mounted on the host board 2 3 4 90
46. Memory to File from the Master menu and a dialog box asking for a file name appears Select a file and press the OK button The dialog box in Figure 6 46 appears PCI Exerciser Master Save Memory to myfile drd Lx Start address 0000006 End address aeeeerrr cancer Figure 6 43 Master Save command User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 167 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference PCI Exerciser IE x PCI s 8 FFF PCI Save operation completed successfully PCI _ New Address z 00060660 Figure 6 44 The result of the Save command in the Exerciser window Exerciser The following command format is used to execute the Save command from prompt the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI s lt start_addr gt lt end_addr gt A dialog box requesting a file name appears after CR is entered Example 1 PCI s 0 fff In the above example see Figure 6 43 the PCI Exerciser will perform Memory Read cycles on the PCI bus from start address Ox0 to end address OxFFF inclusive and save the data to the file myfile drd The file is on standard ASCII format and can be read in any text editor It is also possible to edit the file manually but be careful not to change the length or format of the file as this may cause undefined behavior if trying to load it back at a later time using the Load or Local Load commands describe
47. PCI Wait Cycles histogram which displays the total number of wait cycles per data transfer All the seven different parameters calculated with the Bus Profile statistics can be displayed separately in Time History diagrams as explained in Section 6 10 5 2 x BusView olx Session Function Options Utilities Window Help PARP RA Te m Totalromber of samples 1665107 Totalromber of samples 1665107 E sew rmm Transactions Data Total Data Burst Biiciency 217028 32766 32600 13 20 19 7 PCI Bus Transfer Rate Histogram ICI Wait Cycles Histogram Tcal dumber of aurgtea 1663107 Totalromber of samples 1665107 Wait Cycles Data Transfer 559 BU mmm M a p Figure 4 54 The Bus Profile histograms 4 9 6 Burst Distribution The Burst Distribution statistics is selected by choosing Burst Distribution from the Functions menu or by pressing the Burst Distribution button at the tool bar The Burst Distribution statistics is trace driven i e a trace is taken and a series of burst length intervals are calculated and displayed The sum of all the columns except for the blue Tterm Target Terminated cycles column should equal the Total number of samples on the top of the diagram 96 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation m PCI Burst Distribution Histogram D
48. S UI M mE E DUE 124 OLNI Searc inire or acts Qd iud E Edd 124 6 9 1 4 Equi TT 124 0 9 1 3 Previous Matth ases tpe saos iinit aeti E aS 124 6 9 L6 Previous Edse se pde sada Epi bett tel cada bee En a Leti aiee rais 124 OI NEXEBOEE e etos tatum demnm ecd estu Md UK RM c DIE 124 O0 T8 Ede IONS ese den sess saaveniacanceiacmen Dad DIDA ERE du De seh equ 125 6 9 2 JUMP MEDU scenes anccvnsteesanensanscnepaunieretoannesnsndaancansdacua deadenedianeteasteetonenancensroatonns 125 092 T Erst Eine aene e yes etc e e e E tuna E UE 125 6 9 22 Last CINE oer eri a a a EE E AS 125 o MURS Tigger BUR rnu a S 125 6 924 Marker Y ossi uo ns uo ERE REO ND tI Ms Ea 125 DU LSNBIEBE Z ienr r e E id eu eI as aa 125 6 9 2 6 Line nic 126 MAIS MC 126 6 9 4 F rmat NIHIL sessanta Diele dca atit via ndo Mure ORI DENIED eM UN dE 127 xii User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com CONTENTS 0 94 1 SCAG 127 094 AN UV T MUNERE m 127 6 943 Z00M OUt T 127 6 9 4 4 Decoding and Formatting sic ssascscseasteassenascansoncsdeecnesaduesaasdeacdecaseseasenstertavate 127 6945 Trac Signal en ee eee eee ee Ore e Ea ER Pd 128 o0 Marker Menu scssi eseis d aeaa E a a E e E EEr Tat 128 Rode mei Riu cub dtm Pm 128 0 9 5 2 Set Marker Z ano
49. Sampling in CLOCK mode Select Tr ac e Run once more The Trace window opens again By pressing the tool bar button showing a waveform display or by selecting waveform from the Window menu the waveform version of the Trace Display window appears The waveform window is shown in Figure 1 4 To avoid sampling while the PCI bus is idle it is necessary to set up a trigger condition Click on FRAME in the Event Patterns window on the PCIO line and type a 0 zero This will ensure that a PCI cycle is captured User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com TRANSACTION Mode Trace Run 1 Getting Started u BusView PCI CLOCK mode Trace PCICLOCK TRC triggered at 25 2 y File Edi Search Jump Format Marker Utilities Window Help exei eal edee lr 1 T L e va Senn sj X T amp 80ns gage espe yey U EE TEL TE TE eel TETTE TEILT TT vwe E TITTIT ll ll ooc0 e000 poco BBBBBBBB M TE EMT THE TIL TDI FRAME 8 oo 3 Fiir Wir i nii LU UE LTLEL FUEL FL IU TRDY 1 STOP 4 Ext74 1111 PC 33 3MHz 32 Figure 1 4 The waveform window Change sampling mode to TRANSACTION mode by selecting Edit Sampling mode Transaction from the menu bar or by pressing the TRANSACTION tool bar button Notice that the first line in the Sequencer w
50. The Sequencer on the PBT X 515 can be programmed to trigger on tight sequences by using Goto 1 andGoto 2 operators as shown below 1 a If A then 2 a If B then 3 a If C then 4 a If D then 4 b Trigger at 4 c Elsif A then 4 d Goto 2 4 e Else LN Goto 1 3 b Elsif A then 34201 Goto 2 2415 Else 3 41 Goto 1 24 Di Elsif A then User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 79 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation 2 C Goto 2 2 d Else 2 e Goto 1 Ifthe Else Goto 1 terms were missing the trigger would be reached even if a cycle X occurred in between the A B C or D cycles a loose sequence The Goto 2 statements are necessary to trigger if the actual sequence is partially fulfilled and then immediately followed by the sought sequence like A B gt C gt A gt B gt C D IftheGoto 2 were missing the second A would give a Got 0 starting a new search for A but this time the A does not come again before theB C gt D Note that it is not necessary to include an El se Goto 1 atthe outer f level bottom because of the implicit El se Goto current inanlf statement not ending with an El se 4 7 6 2 Count Delay and Switch Sampling mode The Sequencer program below will count 10 occurrences of PCI 0 or PCI 1 then cause a trigger if P Cl 2 is found then switch to CLOCK sampling for 760ns after the trigg
51. The Statistics window is shown in bar button Figure 4 5 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 45 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation E BusView Infxl File Session Function Options Utilities Window Help PAPAPARAPAPA EET mci Event Counting Histogram olx Total number of samples 26220 PCIO PCI PCI2 PCI3 36 12 36 17 9310 3080 9440 4390 a 66 7MHz 32 Figure 4 5 The Statistics window in Event Counting mode 4 4 4 Exerciser Window The PCI Exerciser is started either by pressing the Exerciser button at the The PCI tool bar or by selecting Exerciser from the menu bar Exerciser tool bar button There are 2 ways of sending commands to the Exerciser see Section 6 11 for 46 further information e By typing commands at the command line prompt in the Exerciser window e By using the dialog boxes available from the Script Master Target Interrupt Local andthe Options menus Figure 4 6 shows the PCI Exerciser window while running the Local Display command User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com New address Prev Same Next Quit 4 Operation wit BusView IDE x File Edi Script aser Target dntemupts Local Options Utilities Window Help FSEESEZ T
52. The Table 8 3 explains how to specify function keys in scripts This way of specifying function keys is not specific for the VT100 EXE It is built into the tracer firmware not the VT10 0 EXE itself User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 209 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 8 Terminal User Interface eS Owser PDE Cursor DR Cursor Poo O PME Cor S DS MH HOME Td Find next search pattern M mmeknkyFi OCSCSCSS 8 BHefrehscren PFE FunctionkeyFI V2 FumctionkeyF2 Cd pS jFunt onkyF3 o V4 FuncionkeyFA Cd Table 8 3 Function keys in script files 8 2 4 3 Script Example 1 210 The following example shows most of the features of the script language TI ME OUT 5 ECHO OFF Start WRITE n nReset the PBT 515 WRITE nDoes the display blink 19k2 and Type CR READCH IF Y GOTO Auto IF N GOTO Count GOTO Start Auto SEND amp PAUSE 10 SEND amp AWAIT TO CONTINUE IF AWAIT GOTO Count WRITE nCannot establish contact with tracer GOTO Start Cont SEND Q AWAIT Version 2 00 IF AWAIT GOTO Cont2 WRITE nCannot establish contact with tracer GOTO Start Cont 2 PAUSE 50 SEND debug amp AWAIT XMON gt WRITE nEntering interactive mode ECHO ON SEND amp User Mode User s Manual PBT 515 PCI
53. and address areas may get the same result but not necessarily Memory Write and Invalidate In order to generate Memory Write and Invalidate cycles the cacheline size has to be different from zero and the Enable Memory Write and Invalidate option has to be set Both parameters are set with the Options command See Section 6 11 7 3 Example Open the Opt ions dialog box Set the cacheline size to 8 and enable Memory Write and Invalidate cycles Do a DMA write of at least 32 bytes aligned on a 32 byte boundary At the command line it will look like this if the target of the DMA write is located at address 0x1000 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 49 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation PCI opt 10 8 1 PCI dma 1 0 1c 1000 1p Memory Read Line In order to generate Memory Read Line cycles the cacheline size has to be different from zero The cacheline size is set with the Opt ions command See Section 6 11 7 3 Example Open the Opt ions dialog box Set the cacheline size to 8 Do a DMA read of at least 32 bytes aligned on a 32 byte boundary At the command line it will look like this if the target of the DMA read is located at address 0x 1000 PCI opt 1 0 8 PCI dma 1 1000 101c 0 pl Memory Read Multiple In order to generate Memory Read Multiple cycles the cacheline size has to be different fr
54. are used for further display alternatively the keystrokes in Table 6 17 can be used Modify next area p Modfy previous area Modify the same area Modify data at address new address Table 6 17 Using the Local Modify command PCI Im a000 1 Im Local Modify command a000 Local User Memory start address 1 byte display format 6 11 4 3 Local Fill Local menu The Local Fill command fills local user PCI Exerciser memory with a given data pattern or value Select Fi 11 from the Local menu and the dialog box in Figure 6 41 appears User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 165 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Exerciser prompt 166 PCI Exerciser Local Fill Memory Start address 188808 End address 1FFFFF Data size Output type Ualue a Data value on oe e M rt D Figure 6 41 Local Fill command son PCI Exerciser DIE x PCI 1f 188888 1FFFFF 1234 2 PCI Neu fiddress 1 00000999 Figure 6 42 The result of the Local Fill command in the Exerciser window The following command format is used to execute the Local Fill command from the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI lf lt start_addr gt lt end_addr gt lt value gt lt data_size gt The arguments are described in Table 6 18 Description Default Required Optional start addr Local hexadeci
55. before the delay time expires A sample is required after the delay time is counted down before the Sequencer will proceed to the next state or a trigger will occur TheTri gger operator determines where in the Sequencer program the trigger should be It is possible to program a Tr i gger statement at different places in the Sequencer program but only one of these will actually lead to a trigger depending on the progress through the specified trigger sequence Syntax Trigger at position of trace Parameter The position parameter can be START 25 MIDDLE 75 END Even if multiple trigger statements exist the trigger position will be kept the same throughout the Sequencer Modifying one of the trigger statements will then result in a modification of the other trigger statements as well As the parameter for Tri gger must be the same throughout the Sequencer program Hal t can be used to replace Tri gger at END of trace if Trigger already has been used with one of the other parameters You should however use Trigger at END of trace where possible The trigger sample is always stored User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 77 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation Halt The Hal t operator causes the tracer to halt and display the trace Syntax Halt 4 7 5 4 Implicit Actions Transitions The Sequencer is no programming
56. burst lengths occuring in the PCI system Distribution as described in Section 4 9 64 9 7 tool bar button 6 10 4 Command Distribution The Command Distribution command invokes pre configured statistics EHE The functions providing an overview of the PCI commands occuring in the PCI Command system as described in Section 4 9 7 Distribution tool bar button 6 10 5 Options The Options commands are used to configure various window control and display features They include Bar Markers Graph Display Options Max Scale Count Options andSelect Events 130 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference in addition to the selection of Standard Histograms or Time History Curves 6 10 5 1 Histograms Two graphical display are available The Hi st ogr ams option default uses The histogram bars showing the current reading of the statistics counters or the Standard calculations from the last trace depending on which statistics mode is running Histogram tool bar button 6 10 5 2 Time History Curves Ti me History Curves show how the values change in time by means of The Time a curve in an X Y diagram where the X axis represents time History Curves tool bar button The available parameters to be displayed in a time history curve changes with the currently selected statist
57. correct number Use option 1 when using a VT100 emulating terminal or a terminal emulation program other than the VT100 EXE from VMETRO This option is the default VMETRO PBT 515BX 64K PCI BUS ANALYZER PCI BUS SPEED 33 3000 MHz FIRMWARE VERSION to 5 60 ERMINAL PORT 9600 81N HOST PORT 9600 81N ERMINAL TYPE DEC VT 100 VT 102 PIGGYBACK CONNECTED NONE USABLE TERMINAL TYPES ARE EC VT 100 VT 102 ETRO VT 100 EMULATOR ANSI SYS ON MDA SCREEN ETRO VT 100 EMULATOR ANSI SYS ON COLOR SCREEN METRO VT 100 ANSI SYS VGA COLOR 50 LINES ANDBERG TDV 1200 2200 2200 9 2200S EC VT 220 320 420 W ANSI KEYBOARD 7 BIT MODE 25 LINES EC VT 420 W ANSI KEYBOARD 7 BIT MODE 48 LINES E Z 4 YAU BR WNP OoOwH lt a lt 4 4 0 TERMINAL TYPE Figure 2 12 Terminal selections Use option 2 or 3 depending on monitor type This requires the VT100 emulator program VT100 EXE Option 3 will give a blue display with white text Option 4 will give a 50 lines display with the VMETRO VT100 Terminal Emulator program see Section 0 for more details on VT100 EXE As soon as a number has been typed the system will return to the startup screen as in Figure 2 11 Type CR to continue 2 5 2 2 Clear Non Volatile Memory Type C to clear all contents of the Non vol
58. echoed to the screen if ECHO ON between the execution of each script line so SEND string AWAIT response should be written as one line to avoid missing the expected response User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 8 Terminal User Interface Echo ON default or OFF When ON all output from the host I e the tracer is directed to the screen When OFF all output from the host is ignored Exit the program The numeric exit code may be tested by the controlling environment Go to named label the in the label statement should not be Wait time 10ms before continuing Output from the host will be ignored in the meantime Read line from keyboard or stdin if redirected Read one character from the keyboard or stdin if redirected Useful for Y N type of questions SEND string Send string to host i e the tracer Ampersands amp in the string are translated to CR See also table Function keys in script files for how to specify function and navigation keys TIME OUT seconds Set the time out period for AWAI T i e how long theAWAI T should wait for a given string in seconds Start XMODEM upload send of the given file WRITE text Print text on the screen n in the string is treated as newline Table 8 2 Script control commands 8 2 4 2 Function Keys in Script Files
59. engines use burst cycles to transfer data to and from the PCI target memory The burst length depends on several events but will never exceed 64 bytes e The state of the DMA channel FIFO If the transfer is a PCI to local transfer the DMA engine will release the PCI bus when the FIFO is full If the transfer is a local to PCI transfer the DMA engine will release the PCI bus when the FIFO becomes empty e The size of the data block to be transferred e The expiration of the PCI latency timer and GNT de assertion The PCI latency timer initially defaults to zero e The value of the cache line size set in the PCI configuration space cache line size register e Anerror condition on either the PCI bus or the local bus Master menu Select DMA Transfer from the Master menu and the dialog box in Figure 6 20 appears PCI Exerciser Master DMA Transfer x Src Start fidr 06100006 Direction s pci to PCI N Src End Adr 06200006 DHA Channel 3 2 Dst Adr 00000099 Repeat count 4 8 is forever cancer Figure 6 20 Master DMA command User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 145 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Exerciser prompt Example 1 Explanation 146 4b PCI Exerciser OF x PCI dma 3 166666 2880888 8 pp PCI _ l w A gncu gt I New Add
60. firmware into the Flash EPROMs on the tracer Please select a baud rate to be used during the load i 38k4 2 19k2 3 9688 B fibort installation Figure 10 9 Select baud rate The uploading of the Tracer firmware continuously displays the number of blocks transferred I NFO The firmware will now be loaded into the Flash EPROMs on the tracer The number of block transferred will be continously displayed If the count stops and YOU GET NO FURTHER MESSAGES within el oo reset the PBT X gt 515 Type C to abort the upload If you are running from a Windows 3 1 DOS box exit Windows Then try once more If it still does not work try a slower baudrate Try another PC if you still are unable to make it work Please refer to the enclosed documentation vt1800 Sending file pbt515a bin using RMODEM CRC vti Sending block 74 of 868_ Remember to reset the PBT 515 when asked INFO The firmware has been sucessfully uploaded Please reset the Tracer Figure 10 10 Reset the PBT 515 when done 228 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 10 Firmware Upgrade The PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer is now ready to run and can be operated immediately from the VT100 emulator that comes with the distribution diskette or you can move to a familiar terminal Note The same firmware supports both the Ter
61. in each trace line for the l targets above with 8 bytes in the comments Byte 0 is ms part bit 31 24 Byte 1 is ms part bit 23 16 Byte 2 is ms part bit 15 8 Byte 3 is ms part bit 7 0 Byte 4 bit 31 is the sign flag of the time Byte 4 bit 30 is the overflow flag of the time Byte 4 bit 5 0 is ps part bit 29 24 31 30 is 0 Byte 5 is ps part bit 23 16 Byte 6 is ps part bit 15 8 Byte 7 is ps part bit 7 0 II Status messages for read trace header define OK 0 define ERR CANNOT OPEN FILE 1 define ERR ILL TRACE FILE ID 2 define ERR ILL TRACE FILE VER 3 int read trace header char filename TRACE FILE HEADER header FILE fp char string 256 if fp fopen filename rb NULL return ERR CANNOT OPEN FILE Load FILE ID type and version and check if legal fread header gt id sizeof char strlen TRACE FILE ID fp header gt id strlen TRACE FILE ID 0 if strcmp header id TRACE FILE ID fclose fp User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 221 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 9 Trace File Format return ERR LLL TRACE FILE ID fscanf fp d d amp header verMain amp header gt ver Sub if header verMain E 1 header gt verSub l 9 return ERR ILL TRACE FILE VER Get sample begin offset fscanf fp lu amp header traceDataOffset Lo
62. installation User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 10 Firmware Upgrade It is important to remember to toggle the Reset switch on the PBT X 515 as specified in point 2 in the installation dialog box Update Tracer Firmware Figure 10 1 Firmware installation dialog box If a PBT 515 is used select whether the Analyzer and or the Exerciser should be upgraded Firmware Upgrade Figure 10 2 Upgrade Tracer or Exerciser firmware User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 225 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 10 Firmware Upgrade 10 3 Firmware Upgrade Using MS DOS upl515 1 or upl515m PBT 515 226 Insert the firmware CD into the CD ROM drive From the File Manager Explorer double click on the file upl515 bat if a PBT 515 is to be upgraded or double click on the file upl515m bat if a PBTM 515 is to be upgraded Alternatively open a DOS window go to the CD ROM drive and type upl515 followed by CR if an PBT 515 is to be upgraded or upl515m followed by CR if an PBTM 515 is to be upgraded This will start the upload script PBTX3 515 Firmware Welcome to the PBT 85 515 Firmware Upload Procedure i PLEASE READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE E PROCEEDING AT ANY STEP Ignore the following if th
63. its trace buffer It may happen that the trace buffer is not filled or that it takes a very long time The trace buffer status dialog box then gives the option to Hal t manually The part of the trace buffer that is filled is displayed by selecting Show PCI fromtheTrace menu or the tool bar The Alphanumeric display format is by default used for presenting a trace The Waveform display format can be used to display the trace when CLOCK sampling has been used TRANSFER sampling can not be displayed in waveform format 4 8 1 Alphanumeric Trace List The alphanumeric trace list shows the samples collected in the trace buffer as a list of binary or hex values for each signal group The alphanumeric trace list presentation form can be selected independently of the selected sampling mode Figure 4 42 shows an example of an alphanumeric trace list User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 81 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation 25 BusView File Edit Search Jump Count Format Marker Utilities window Help SBE Sample TimeRel TRIG 6ns 5 246us 158 12us 46ns 166ns 266ns 86ns 86ns 166ns 86ns 86ns 166ns 86ns 86ns 126ns 86ns 46ns 86ns 86ns 366ns 126ns 46ns AER 9 PCI TRANSFER mode Trace PCIMIS Mait Size AD32 gt 126 AD32 gt 126 AD32 AD32 AD32 AD32 AD32 AD32 A64 D32 D32 A64 D64 D64 A32Rq
64. language but a compact practical way of controlling the operation of the tracer Thus to minimize the need for user programming there are a number of implicit actions in the Sequencer that gives the user the desired results in the absence of explicit commands e ASampling expression is implicitly valid for all subsequent states in the Sequencer program until superseded by a new Sampling condition e A Store expression is implicitly valid for all subsequent states in the Sequencer program until superseded by a new St 0r e condition e The sample causing aTr i gger is always stored e fnostatesfollow anl f then Trigger in the Sequencer program like in the default program an implicit jump to a state where the prevailing store condition is repeated takes place This is to avoid storing both the specified store condition and the trigger condition if the trigger condition should occur again according to the above rule saying that trigger samples are stored e An implicit El se Goto current state is always present after an If Elsif sequence if no El se is specified so that the If test will always be repeated for the next sample if none of the conditions were met e Goto next state is implicit after a t hen or after an El s e where next state is the state belonging to the next line containing an f 4 7 5 5 Edit Event Expressions An event expression is a combinatorial expression made by one or more of the events defined in the Ev
65. method update rates etc These are described in Section 4 9 8 By choosing Sel ect Events from the Options menu the dialog box in Figure 4 51 appears A list of all the events from the Event Patterns window is displayed by clicking on the arrow at the right side of each event Both predefined and user defined events may be used See Section 4 5 1 6 for how to rename and add events Configure the Event Selection dialog box as desired and press the OK button In the Setup window a trace is started with Trace Run in the Statistics window the task is called a session so the statistics are started by choosing Session Run or by pressing the button showing a lightning bolt at the tool bar User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation BusView Event Counting Histogram Eunction Options Utilities Window Help SHm Total mmber of samples 47981120 PCIO PCI MemRead IOvnite 3 5 11 80 56 1663020 5491420 38312802 27006045 PCI 6 0MHz 32 Figure 4 50 An Event Counting histogram Event Selection Eventi Event3 MemRead 2 Event2 Event4 IOwrite 2 Figure 4 51 Selecting events 4 9 3 Bus Utilization Transactions The Bus Utilization statistics is selected by choosing Bus Utilization from the Functions menu or by pressing the Bus Utilization button at the tool bar
66. onboard Flash Memory Firmware upgrades are distributed on a CD and on our web site www vmetro com for IBM compatible PCs to be loaded via the serial port of the PC When an upgrade is done the new firmware is copied from the CD into the Flash memory by the means of code resident in a Boot PROM on the board 10 1 2 Boot PROM The Boot PROM serves two purposes 1 Boot the board at power up and reset and transfer control to the main program which resides in Flash memory and 2 to receive new firmware through the serial port during firmware upgrades Normally the Boot PROM does not need to be changed during FW upgrades The software checks that the Boot PROM version is correct before a firmware upgrade takes place 10 1 3 RS232 Connection Before starting the upgrade procedure connect a RS232 cable from the COMI or COM2 port on an IBM compatible PC to the terminal port of the PBT X 515 The recommended cable is discussed in Section 2 5 1 10 1 4 Power on the FLASH EPROMs Before starting the upgrade procedure make sure that 12V is supplied to the PBT X 515 at least 30mA Check jumper J9 and jumpers J17 J18 It should be installed as indicated in Chapter 11 with the 12V connected to FLASH EPROM 10 2 Firmware Upgrade Using BusView 224 To upgrade the FLASH firmware from BusView select the command Utilities Update Tracer Firmware BusView will display the dialog box in Figure 10 1 which contains instructions for the firmware
67. page would have to be twice as broad BusView Statistics File version 1 00 SampNo SampTot Unit MBytes s MBytes s Unit MXfers s MXfers s GNTa 0 125706 1 125622 GNTa Burst Distribution file format GNTb GNTb BusView Statistics File version 1 00 SampNo SampTot Single 2 10 11 20 21 30 31 50 51 100 101 500 5500 TRetry 0 17568 5226 58 12283 1 0 0 0 0 13 1 17582 5243 46 12293 0 0 0 0 0 6 2 20761 7739 113 12909 0 0 0 0 0 24 3 32508 21100 294 11114 0 0 0 0 0 21 Command Distribution file format BusView Statistics File version 1 00 Command Distribution SampNo SampTot MemRd MemRdM MemRdL MemWr MemWrI IORd IOWr CfgWr 0 21066 0 6052 0 15014 0 0 0 0 1 21005 0 6051 0 14954 0 0 0 0 2 21098 0 6050 0 15048 0 0 0 0 3 29863 0 0 0 29863 0 0 0 0 134 Bus Transfer Rate GNTC GNTd UnkGNT 0 00 69 51 0 00 0 00 69 56 0 00 GNTc GNTd UnkGNT 0 00 151 38 0 00 0 00 17 39 0 00 Burst Distribution User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Total 69 51 69 56 Total 17 38 13 39 Tdwod CfgRd 6 Commands Reference 6 11 Exerciser 6 11 1 Introduction Exerciser tool bar button Configuration cycles target only 6 11 2 Help The PCI Exerciser is started either by pressing the Exerciser button at the tool bar or by selecting Exerciser from the menu bar
68. receive mode before the command is issued Type Alt R to receive a file from the host i e the tracer The host must have been set in transmit mode before the command is issued User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 207 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 8 Terminal User Interface lt Alt gt X Exit VT100 8 2 4 Built in Script Language Script files contain PBT X 515 commands and function keys which are sent to the PBT X 515 exactly as they were typed on the keyboard Special script control commands control the execution of the script making it possible to take action after interpreting how the PBT X 515 responds to a given command For example the command line c vt100 i script inp J will start the VT100 emulator using the input from the file script inp instead of the keyboard 8 2 4 1 Script Control Commands i italics Italics on off options stmt 208 The script file should be standard ASCII text All the keywords and options are case significant The script control commands are shown in Table 8 2 Replace with the actual file name baud rate or string Replace with actual numeric argument Use one of the listed modifiers Parameters between square brackets are optional Semicolon separates multiple statements in one line A statement or statement separated by semicolon Host output is read completely and
69. t 8118 AD 31 8 otio mo otto o mo l ono mo i L 00041560 FFFFFFFF FFFFFF50 000A156C 00008686 eoosssec FFFFFF50 FFFFFFAS L LT LI LI LI iL Te PCI 4 33 3MHz 32 Figure 4 46 The trace display in waveform mode Waveforms are provided to show the logic level of individual signals graphically as a function of time This is particularly useful to show timing relations between different signals for hardware analysis Busses are presented as adders The values of the individual signals in a bus are shown below the signal name see Figure 4 46 The ladder will contain a step when the bus changes value Waveform representation of trace data is only available in CLOCK mode and with the optional SOOMHz Timing Analyzer piggyback module PTIMBATS00 PB Hint To be sure of capturing some traffic trigger the tracer with an event where FRAME is set to zero because there is always traffic when FRAME is active 4 8 2 1 Navigating the Trace Buffer in Waveform Mode The navigation tools available in waveform mode are the regular mouse and cursor keys the ump tools and theEdge J umpi ng tools User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 87 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation l Mouse Jump tools Edge Jumping Note The right and left cursor keys move the
70. tenente eterne enne te tentent 141 Figure 6 17 The result of the Write command in the Exerciser window sss 141 Figure 6 18 Master Fill command tenente entente enne tenentes 143 Figure 6 19 The result of the Fill command in the Exerciser window sees 143 Figure 6 20 Master DMA command ssseseeeeeee eee tentn tenete ten eren etetetentenenens 145 Figure 6 21 The result of the DMA command in the Exerciser window sess 146 Figure 6 22 Master TDMA command essere tenerent tenerent tenentes 148 Figure 6 23 The result of the TDMA command in the Exerciser window 148 Figure 6 24 Master DMA Abort command tenente eterne enne tenentes 149 Figure 6 25 The result of the DMA Abort command in the Exerciser window 149 Figure 6 26 Master Test command sesseeeee entente tenente ente tenen enne tenerent 150 Figure 6 27 The result of the Test command in the Exerciser window sss 151 Figure 6 28 Master Compare command esses tenente tenente nte tenentes 153 Figure 6 29 The result of the Compare command in the Exerciser window 153 Figure 6 30 Master Cycle Sequence command sse tette 155 Figure 6 31 The result of the Cycle Sequence command in the Exerciser window 155 Figure 6 32 Master Exercis
71. the file as this may cause undefined behavior if trying to load it back at a later time using the Load or Local Load commands described below Press the Quit button at the bottom of the PCI Exerciser window or any of the Q q Esc or keys to abort the Local Save command 6 11 5 3 Load Memory from File Master menu Data files previously generated with the Save or Local Save commands can be loaded into PCI memory using the Load command Select Load Memory from File from the Master menu and a dialog box requesting a file name appears Select the file to load and press the OK button The dialog box in Figure 6 46 appears User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 169 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference PCI Exerciser Master Load Memory from myfile drd Figure 6 46 Master Load command PCI Exerciser PCI 1 8 FFF PCI Load operation completed successfully PCI wwe me see rues Figure 6 47 The result of the Load command in the Exerciser window Exerciser The following command format is used to execute the Load command from prompt the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI 1 start addr end addr A dialog box asking for a file name appears after CR is entered Example 1 PCI 1 0 fff In the above example see Figure 6 46 0x1000 bytes of data will be loaded from the file myfile dr
72. the occurrence of four user specified events The Event Counting tool Counting statistics is described in Section 4 9 1 1 bar button User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 129 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference 6 10 2 2 Bus Utilization The Bus Utilization command invokes the pre configured statistics sume The Bus function providing real time histograms of the Transaction Time the Total Data Utilization tool the Burst Data and the transfer Efficiency The Bus Utilization statistics is bar button described in Section 4 9 3 6 10 2 3 Bus Transfer Rate The Bus Transfer Rate command invokes the pre configured statistics SPER The Bus function providing trace based bus transfer rate histograms in bytes and cycles Transfer Rate per second The Bus Transfer Rate statistics is described in Section 4 9 4 tool bar button 6 10 2 4 Bus Profile The Bus Profile command invokes pre configured statistics functions EROF The Bus providing a series of trace based statistic measurements as described in Section Profile toolbar 4 9 5 button Note The Bus Profile statistics is not available when running a terminal user interface i e it is only available in BusView 6 10 3 Burst Distribution The Burst Distribution command invokes pre configured statistics BRS The Burst functions providing an overview of the
73. the user interface does not behave correctly etc Jumper J8 In case of a total hang up of the analyzer software the non volatile memory may need to be cleared by removing jumper J8 Do as follows Shut down the system and turn off the power Locate the backup battery jumper J8 as shown in Section 11 1 Move the jumper from the original left position to the other right position and let it remain there for a few seconds Then move the jumper back When the power is re applied BusView should start as normal 6 6 4 Trigger Output Options The front panel trigger output may be programmed to change on trigger or to follow the trigger or the store condition that prevails in the current state of the Sequencer and to be active high or low This is selected by the Tri gger Output Options dialog box Actions on the Trigger Output signal 118 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Note 6 Commands Reference Level on Trigger Signal will go active when the trigger sample occurs and will stay active until new Trace Run is given Follow Trigger Signal will go active the first time the trigger sample occurs but will revert to inactive state on the next sample that does not match the trigger condition Follow Store Signal will go active on all samples satisfying the Store Condition in the current state of the Seq
74. to start searching from the current line If found the cursor will be placed at the first matching trace line All matching lines are highlighted The next match is found by selecting Next Match from theSear ch menu or from the tool bar or by pressing the F3 key Searching backwards is done by selecting Previous Mat ch from theSear ch menu or the tool bar or by pressing the F4 key The highlighting is turned off by selecting Search from the Search menu once more After editing the Ext ract pattern select Extract from the Search menu or the tool bar to start extracting from the current line All matching samples in the trace buffer will be displayed and highlighted The extract and thus the highlighting is turned off by selecting Ext r act from theSear ch menu once more User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation 4 8 1 6 Trace Compare The Trace Compare functionality compares two traces line by line and marks all lines that do not match with blue in both traces In addition the field which actually cause the mismatch is marked with red CEECEE fom Meim Uie Winton Ln LTTEZETTU Figure 4 44 Trace Compare To start a trace compare select Trace Compare Options from the Trace Compare menu Both traces can either be a saved trace or the current trace the one from the last Trace Run command
75. types and supports 64 bits 66MHz PCI Figure 3 1 An overview of the PBT 515 3 1 1 PBTM 515 The PBTM 515 PCI Bus Analyzer is implemented as a single PMC card PCI Mezzanine Card capable of monitoring all PCI bus activity on 32 bits and 64 bits PMC hosts The analyzer system offers a spacer mounted on top of the analyzer with female PMC connectors on top This allows a PMC module under test to be placed on top of the analyzer and the system does not loose a slot solely for the analyzer User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 25 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 3 Functional description Without the spacer mounted the analyzer will fit into a single board slot in a VME or CompactPCI system gc PMC Connector Tan Spacer Caxiriclor s Figure 3 2 An overview of the PBTM 515 3 2 Models PBT 515BX PBT 515DX PBT 515EX PBTM 515B PBTM 515C The PBT X 515 family consists of five models 66MHz PCI Analyzer with 64K Trace Memory 33MHZ Exerciser 66MHz PCI Analyzer with 64K Trace Memory 66MHz Exerciser 66MHz PCI Analyzer with 256K Trace Memory 66MHz Exerciser 66MHz PMC Analyzer with 64K Trace Memory 66MHz PMC Analyzer with 256K Trace Memory 3 3 PCI Analyzer Features 26 e 91 sampling channels for 32 and 64 bits PCI e 3 3V and 5V PCI support e Up to 66MHz sampling rate using CLOCK TRANSFER or TRANSACTION
76. user to select between the two major sampling modes User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com The CLOCK Mode tool bar button The TRANSFER Mode tool Bar button The TRANSACTION Mode tool Bar button 6 Commands Reference CLOCK sampling See Section 3 5 1 TRANSFER sampling See Section 3 5 2 To select TRANSFER DETAILS sampling see Section 6 2 9 1 TRANSACTION sampling See Section 3 5 3 6 2 9 1 Sampling Options TRANSFER DETAILS Parity Error cycles In selecting Edi t Sampling Options the dialog box in Figure 6 3 appears Sampling ptions x Transfer Sampling Options Include Transfer Details V Include Parity Error Cycles Include Target Disconnect w o Data and Target Retry Cycles Cancel Figure 6 3 The Sampling Options dialog box w o without TRANSFER Sampling Options These options are available in TRANSFER and TRANSACTION mode Select the fourth sampling mode TRANSFER DETAILS with this option 32 bits PCI bus only The parity error signal PERR is valid two clock cycles after each address and data phase Choose the Include Parity Error cycles option if the parity cycles should be sampled and thus giving an extra trace line for each transfer if a parity error occurred User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 113 Arti
77. with a Bus Command and during the data phase the number of bytes transferred are set with the Byte Enables Bit 0 enables the least significant byte and bit 3 enables the most significant byte PCI uses even parity across AD 31 0 and C BE 3 0 for error detection PAR is valid one clock cycle after the address phase For data phases the P AR is valid one clock after RDY or TRDY is asserted for write and read cycles respectively 7 4 1 Bus Command Field Predefined Symbol C3 C2 cor Ord esl es2 MemRd Mem Wri es3 es4 onfRd onfWr IMRdMul IMRdLn IMWrInv Table 7 1 The Bus Commands 7 5 Interface Control Pins FRAME IRDY TRDY STOP LOCK 186 FRAME is asserted by the current master indicating that a valid address and command are available Initiator Ready is driven by the bus master and indicates that the bus master is ready to complete the current data phase Target Ready is driven by the target and indicates that the target is ready to complete the current data phase ST OP is asserted by the target if it wants the master to abort the transaction LOCK is used by a master to lock the currently addressed memory target during an atomic transaction series User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 7 Signal Reference IDSEL Initialization Device Se
78. x Total number of samples 79290 TRetry Single 2 10 11 20 21 30 31 50 51 100 101 500 2500 TTerm 13 11 32 14 0 8 7 5 0 3 4 4 2 5 8 4 10500 8730 25080 11220 600 5960 210 3480 1990 6680 Figure 4 55 The Burst Distribution histogram Burst length Termination Target Retry i e no data transfered Single cycles i e one data phase 101 500 Burst length from 101 to 500 Burst length longer than 500 Tterm Target Terminated cycles Target Disconnect with Data and Target Disconnect without Data cycles Table 4 1 Burst Distibution explanation 4 9 7 Command Distribution The Command Distribution statistics is trace driven i e a trace is taken and a the occurrences of each PCI command are calculated and displayed The sum of all the columns should equal the Total number of samples on the top of the diagram User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 97 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation i PCI Command Distribution Histogram OI x Total number of samples 68510 IOWr CfgRd CfgWr 4 6 8 4 3 3 3150 5760 MRd Memory Read Memory Read Line Table 4 2 PCI command abbreviations 4 9 8 Statistics Options 4 9 8 1 Statistics Window 98 Interactive control and operation of the statistics functions is provided in a dedicated window which may be accessed by select
79. you want to save add a comment if you want a description of the setup and choose OK The following line appears on the screen Start KMODEM Receive on PC now From the Windows terminal menu bar select Transfer Receive Binary File A Windows dialog box asking for a name of the setup appears Type a name and click OK Note Remember to give the setup name an extension e g stp The transfer is monitored at the bottom line of the terminal window When the transfer is finished the screen should be refreshed by typing V double backslash User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 199 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 8 Terminal User Interface Errors If the setup file does not get an extension the file will not be transferred and the error message in Figure 8 6 appears Click OK and try again with the correct spelling Terminal Untitled Cannot create specified file Make sure that You have enough disk space The file is not read only The filename is valid Figure 8 6 Non valid file name error message If the Dump to PC Host option is selected and the Transfers sena Bi nary File is chosen the transfer will not be done Clicking on the STOP button in the bottom left corner of the terminal screen will display the error message in Figure 8 7 Terminal Error Terminal could not send the binary file XSETUP Verif
80. 1 Getting Started PTIMBAT500 PB Optional PXMEMS8M PB Optional 500 MHz Anomaly Timing Trg Trigger Analyzer Protocol amp 8M Samples i State Timing ew E Checker Analyzer 64 bit 66MHz Trig Trig PBT 515 State Exerciser Ext Analyzer Master amp Tig 64K 256K Target USB RS232 64 bit 66MHz 64 bit 66MHz PCI Figure 1 1 The PBT 515 with piggyback modules 1 2 Getting Started BusView is the graphical user interface for the PBT X 515 offering a user friendly mouse operation of the PBT X 515 PCI Bus Analyzer and Exerciser system The following steps must be carried out before BusView is ready to run Install the PBT 515 according to Section 2 2 or the PBTM 515 according to Section 2 3 Install BusView according to the description in Section 2 4 2 Connect a cable USB or RS 232 between the PBT X 515 and the PC see Section 2 4 4 and Section 2 4 5 Set the communication parameters and connect the PBT X 515 as described in Section 2 4 5 1 If everything is installed correctly BusView should now display the Setup window shown in Figure 1 2 The Setup window is divided in two the Event Patterns window and the Sequencer window For further information about the Setup Window read Section 4 4 1 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com TRANSFER Mode Trace
81. 15 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 21 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 2 Installation Type once or twice until text is written on the terminal screen This text is called the start up menu Wait approximately 1 second between each CR due to the synchronization process No response If the start up menu does not appear on the screen check that the cables are connected correctly that the terminal PC WS is set to 8 bits per character 1 stop bit and no parity and that the baud rate is between 38k4 and 4200 baud Flip the reset switch and try again Note If the cable used has pins 7 and 8 connected this might in some cases cause problems The analyzer has a second RS232 port located on these pins If the Terminal is powered up first and then the analyzer random switching may occur on these lines as the analyzer powers up Some terminals interpret this as hardware handshaking and locks up To avoid this problem use the cables specified in this manual in Section 2 4 3 2 5 2 Start up Menu After power on the start up menu is written to the terminal as shown in Figure 2 11 The menu identifies product model firmware version baud rate the terminal type default or previously selected type and the type of installed piggyback module if any It also indicates the clock speed as found in the target PCI system not shown in the figure Figure 2 11 The start up men
82. 2 PBTM 515 14 cut 112 cycle sequence 155 d 136 DAC 107 DACi 107 data burst Bus Utilization 95 data phase 186 latching 31 data total Bus Utilization 95 data transfers histogram 97 debugging 30 decoding 84 decoding and formatting 129 default patterns 53 delay operator 78 delete 118 operators 71 signal fields 56 delete event 57 delete events 197 delete marker Y 129 delete marker Z 129 de multiplex address data 27 31 desktop settings 120 DEVSEL 188 dialog box 41 disconnect 119 180 display 136 DMA 29 144 arbitration 148 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 13 Index DMA abort 149 binary 54 dma_abort 149 binary details 59 don t care 53 56 edit 54 196 driver GNT latching 35 USB 18 hexadecimal 54 dump to PC Host 200 mnemonic 54 ECO level 122 233 range 59 edge jumping 89 125 Event Patterns window 2 53 edge options 126 204 activating 54 edit scroll bar 57 clear 112 terminal 7 copy 112 example cut 112 script 211 event expression 64 Sequencer 37 event expressions 79 Sequencer program 81 event patterns 54 196 excel 134 events 197 exercise 157 Exerciser window 50 exerciser insert 113 terminal mode 194 206 open sequencer 113 user input 121 paste 112 watchdog 121 range 59 Exerciser window sampling mode 113 clear buffer 50 search pattern 85 edit 50 signal fields 54 navigate 48 ter
83. 218 9 6 BusView Trace File Format irent ione tiens ta atn sk nior ei ansa sonas pacis anas ar so ca casser va 218 10 1 Firmware Upgrade Preparations ecce esee ee ee eene ee eere te eee teen eee eren ae ue 224 XS cL P T 224 SAT PROM PT M 224 10 1 3 RS232 Contech oi issii De EUR Mo duds Sa ODE NA VS CUbSHR di MANGEUN GE eiai i akini RN GERE 224 10 1 4 Power on the FLASH EPROMI nrit tira Feu TRE IURR IA P XIES net en Fav tH i YET S be eats 224 10 2 Firmware Upgrade Using BusView eee ee ee eee eee eene eene e eene eee ttn oeste taa 224 10 3 Firmware Upgrade Using MS DOS ee eee esee ee eee eee eese eene eee seen nest 226 10 3 1 Uploading Tracer Firmware 2 oec oontec ri erp e iram cta rsma teurer taU erred 227 10 3 2 Uploading Exerciser PIERWAER eidem eu Ric hoatt do bi feb up dde cuS tocaenthtdela 229 10 4 Troubleshooting Firmware Upgrade eee ecce eere esee eren eene renun ue 229 TOS T If Upload SUODS acetates tates ipie PUR de ie e Aerea aac I DR esr ciiam edd 220 10 4 2 Communication EIFOS os rosis ef HD BI RR DUE D DIM PIN NR Mu DU 230 10 4 3 Flash Memory BEHOLS a ood etn cada edad ietosddtuded rein uM RI S eaade 230 10 4 4 Tuning Parameters LosL ee tide etre oet e arro ERE EDI Uia Ed ds 230 10 4 4 1 Missing PCB and ECO Level uut rtt oerte retenu etate tena baba 231 TLJUMPER SETTINGS ssccsiscsesssscsvescxsessecs
84. 25 wil BusView File Edit Trace Statistics Exerciser Setups Utilities Window Help m afa a mw iS dd TIS PCI Current Setup of x PCI Event Patterns Event Size Burst Command Address Data BE Anything EHE x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX fiddr 1 fiD32 x MemWri 86666626 xxxxxxxx XXXX Addr2 z AD32 x HemRd 658088080 XXXXXXXX XXXX PCI2 xX x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX PCI3 xX x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX Status Err INTx Ext74 x Xx x x PCI Sequencer a Sampling in TRANSFER mode b Store ALL If Addr1 then If Addr2 then Trigger at 25 of trace Pf EEA Figure 4 25 Sequencer example program User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Leaving Single Event mode Appearance Contents Edit event expressions 4 Operation The Sequencer is entered by double clicking in the Sequencer window by selecting Open Sequencer fromthe Edit menu or simply by pressing the TAB key The dialog box in Figure 4 26 appears Press the OK button File Edit Trace Statistics Exerciser Setups Utilities Window Help DDI Bees xe PCI Current Setup of x PCI Event Patterns Size Burst Command fiddress Data BEI Status Err INTx Ext74 AnyThing x x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX fiddr 1 i AD32 x MemWri 80000020 xxxxxxxx XXXX Addr2 i AD32 x HemRd 6458008800 XXXXXXXX XXXX PCI2 OX x x A pers x x x CO Editing the Sequencer implies leaving Single Event mode Sampling in TRANSFER mod
85. 3150 25 Number of lines on the screen 43 can be used on EGA or VGA screens 50 on VGA screens only Use terminal type 4 when using h 50 D onloff Display messages while transferring files t onloff on Follow strict XMODEM standards regarding to time outs When off XMODEM transfers will never time out This may be necessary when downloading timing traces using trace data compression i Send file from PC to tracer using XMODEM CRC protocol if Receive a file from thetracer using XMODEM CRC protocol fle Read from file instead of the keyboard L ofie Output to fite instead of the screen Table 8 1 VT100 command line options Depends on the video adapter Defaults to MONO on MDA adapters and CO80 on CGA EGA VGA SVGA and others 8 2 1 Starting the VT100 Start the program directly from the diskette by executing the following command a vt100 4 or copy the VT100 exe file into your disk drive and start it from there The program will by default use the COM1 port at 9600 baud Other baud rates can be selected by the p option for example c vtl00 p 19k2 d Starts the emulator with a baud rate of 19200 Notice the space between the option p and the baud rate 19 K2 206 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 8 Terminal User Interface 8 2 1 1 Options Notation To display al
86. 37 tries to visualize each state in a Sequencer program Trace Run 1 a Sampling in CLOCK mode 1 b Store All State 1 Store All else 1 c If PCIO then if PCIO repeat 2 a Store PCI1 2 b If PCI2 then 2 c Trigger at 75 of trace State 2 Store eU dicm 3 a Store PCI3 if PCI repeat Trigger State 3 Store PCI3 Figure 4 37 The Sequencer as a state machine When started the tracer samples in CLOCK mode i e one sample per PCI bus cycle Line 1 b sets the tracer to store all samples in the trace memory Each sample is compared to the patterns in the current event comparator PCIO The Sequencer program will stay in state 1 storing all cycles until a cycle matching PCIO occurs When equal to PCIO the Sequencer will change to state 2 The tracer will compare all incoming bus cycles with the pattern PCI1 Only samples that are equal to PCI1 will be stored The Sequencer will stay in state 2 until a sample matching PCI2 occurs When PCI2 occurs the tracer triggers during the transition from state 2 to state 3 Then the tracer starts to fill the rest of the trace buffer Note that the trigger sample will also be stored Only samples matching PCI3 will be stored Before the sampling stops a given number of samples matching PCI3 are stored The Sequencer program in the example stores 25 of the samples after the trigger When the trace is full the tracer will stop and display the capture
87. 4 174 174 174 174 172 172 173 173 175 173 173 174 209 211 210 209 57 197 189 125 126 124 125 125 125 125 125 125 124 85 85 251 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 13 Index 252 select Exerciser window 49 multiple signals 56 signals 83 terminal types 22 select signal field 56 select events 134 event counting 93 select window 123 selftest 121 Sequencer 37 62 199 actions 72 brackets 75 count 77 delay 78 event expressions 74 example 37 goto T halt 79 if elsif else 76 implicit actions 79 indents 75 keywords 74 leaving 70 line number 75 loose sequence 80 notation 74 open 64 69 operators 74 program 69 73 80 sampling 76 Single Event mode 61 state machine 69 state number 75 store 76 tight sequence 80 transitions 72 trigger 78 tutorial 62 Sequencer mode 199 Sequencer window 2 terminal 7 serial cable 18 serial port parameters 19 21 SERR 180 188 session continue 130 halt 130 immediate start 130 multiple Bus Views 43 run 93 130 start on trigger 130 set marker Y 129 set marker Z 129 Setup screen 7 44 194 Setup window 2 3 44 setups delete 118 initialize 117 initialize store delete 200 load 117 make current 118 store 118 terminal 200 shared signals jumpers 36 short cut commands 194 show trace 82 show PCI 116 show saved trace 194 show script 173 signal add 83 remove 83 signal field option
88. 401 PBTM 232 PC cable for the PBTM 515 RS 232 Micro DB15M to DB9F 3m 9ft 401 TER 232 401 PBT EPC 401 EPSU P415 0 SL 5 P415 0 SL 3 Terminal Cable RS 232 DB9M DB25F 3m 9ft External Power Cable 1m 3ft External Power Supply Zero slot adapter for 5V signalling Zero slot adapter for 3V signalling PBTM5 90 SPC 90 Test Adapter for the PBTM 515 Part Number 4945 K 24 4741 24 x 5790 0 24 Manufacturer POMONA Description Square pin receptacle to BNC male 0 6m 2ft Patch Cord with square pin receptacle 0 6m 2ft Rotating Micro grabber test clip black User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 3 Functional description 3 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION 3 1 Product Overview PBT 515 The PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer and Exerciser is implemented as a single slot PCI short card designed to be plugged directly into a PCI motherboard The PCI Bus Analyzer is capable of monitoring all bus activity on 32 bits and 64 bits PCI bus mother boards Both 33MHz and 66MHz PCI systems are supported No complex probes or adapters are needed which eliminates tedious installation and setup procedures required by general purpose logic analyzers The PCI Exerciser is a PCI bus Master and Target intended as a tool for testing of PCI boards and systems It is capable of generating and responding to nearly all PCI bus cycles
89. 5 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 159 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference PCI Exerciser Of x PCI special 12343547 PCI New Address 00006686 Figure 6 35 The result of the Special Cycle command in the exerciser window Example 1 PCI special 12345678 Explanation special Special Cycle command 12345678 data 6 11 3 14 Config Scan The Config Scan command scans through PCI configuration space and presents each detected device with the following information PCI to PCI Class Code If the class code is unknown Unknown device is displayed Bridges e Device Vendor ID e Vendor If the vendor is not on the PCISIG PCI Special Interest Group list of vendors Unknown is displayed e Primary Secondary and Subordinate bus numbers e Master and Memory IO space enable e Target windows in both prefetchable memory memory and IO space Other devices Class Code If the class code is unknown Unknown device is displayed e Device Vendor ID e Vendor If the vendor is not on the PCISIG PCI Special Interest Group list of vendors Unknown is displayed e Subsystem ID Subsystem Vendor ID is displayed if it is different from the Device Vendor ID e Master and Memory IO space enable e Target windows in both prefetchable memory memory and IO space 160 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerci
90. 515 Select whether the Analyzer firmware should be upgraded PBT 35 515 Upgrade Make a selection 1 Upgrade PBT K gt 515 Tracer firmware B fibort installation Figure 10 6 Analyzer upload for the PBTM 515 10 3 1 Uploading Tracer Firmware Remember to reset the PBT X 515 before proceeding PBT RX gt 515 Tracer Firmware Version 6 88 Toggle the Reset switch on the PBT35 515 Make a selection from the menu below 1 I am making an upgrade of the PBT435 515 tracer firmvare 2 This is the initial installation of the PBT35 515 tracer firmware B fibort the installation Figure 10 7 Upgrade or Initial Installation The FLASH takes a while to erase please be patient If an accident occurs during erase and vital parameters are lost call VMETRO support for help User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 227 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 10 Firmware Upgrade ARNING The Flash EPROMS will now be erased DO NOT TURN OFF THE POWER OR RESET THE PBT C5 515 UNTIL FURTHER NOTICE DOING SO WILL MAKE THE PBT C5 515 LOOSE IMPORTANT PARAMETERS TEMPORARELY STORED IN RAM Erasing may take up to 3 minutes to complete Figure 10 8 Erasing Flash EPROMs Select the baud rate to be used during the actual firmware file upload On most PCs 38k 4 can be selected I NFO The next step is to load the
91. 68 opt opt command 1 change some of the Options parameters 0 latency timer 8 cacheline size 8 DWORDS 8 x 8 bytes 0 disable Memory Write and Invalidate cycles 0 disable SERR generation 1 enable parity checking 255 number of retries of the Exerciser as a master 16 16 PCI clocks before the Exerciser issues a target retry 8 8 PCI clocks before the Exerciser issues a target disconnect PCI opt 0 opt opt command 0 reset all parameters to default PCI opt Display the current values of the Opt ions parameters The status line at the bottom of the BusView window displays the status of all the options parameters The same information can be found by simply typing opt at the PCI Exerciser prompt The Parity Checking Generate SERR and MRINV options are toggled on off by double clicking on them Double clicking on the Latency Timer and the Cacheline options opens the Opt ions dialog box 6 11 7 4 Version The Version command allows the user to display the current PCI Exerciser firmware version The following command format is used to execute the Version function at the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI ver The firmware version is also found under Utilities Specials HW amp Firmware Version 6 11 8 Commands only available in Terminal mode 6 11 8 1 Speed 180 The Speed command changes the baud rate between 19k2 38k4 and 115k2 baud User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp E
92. 8 6 1 2 Load Pred fined Setup a un eiseressen te tav tita candor a reser tsR Un ER DRE 108 A NCLB I UO Pr 109 OLA Save Save ads n eret eo e Eve DYPRUA E ostecs eve eb beasts EVE EN E AT 109 81 53 PEIDIE ains idola uoo mite sto ptus tatu itn atc le c a duo 109 p L 6 Pner ebbe EORR MIR Mem a DM MM E 110 6 1 7 Save Sell ups On EIC osi cedtudadtei banca eoque du te acetal tater 110 GN dia Me c 110 6 2 Edit WIG 110 C8 M OG ofc fs m C 111 LUNA ST e N E adda ly ase cau asntes 111 02 Go e w 111 02A Pasie T 111 FD E i p c A 111 2G TSC ee NET eae eet 112 6 2 1 Open SEJU NCEE oeie hers eric uU e unc PB myc i mM nu E cae gee ME 112 x User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com CONTENTS 6 2 8 Trigger Posion ssstoiedeidecess Sadicpdelacietoncandpecdcdecdda Seles ESEE E EESE EE aE E EE EEEa 112 6 2 9 Sampling Mode sesocan a E a E aA ave dea E 112 6 2 9 1 Sampling Optio T E E Ea aTa 113 6 3 Compare Menu sssssssseissessresessssss oosssoscsss seseessneecssessneseonnsvevsvesouessensneniveessenstensbuesteedees 114 6 3 1 Trac Compal RENE Oo 0 OO 114 6 3 2 Trac Compar Po ico E 114 6 3 3 J mp Next ce
93. 9 Figure 4 48 Displaying a trace in several windows sseeeeeeeeetnteenen enne 90 Figure 4 49 Dumping a trace to file eene tnt tenentetete tenente tnnt te tentent 90 Figure 4 50 An Event Counting histogram essere nennen entente nennen 93 Ingure d 5T Selecting events terree e m E E ni RN E TR EDI ae 93 Figure 4 52 The Bus Utilization Histogram esses nre tenen ener 94 Figure 4 53 The Bus Transfer Rate histogram sss tete tenerent 95 Figure 4 54 The Bus Profile histograms essere nter tenen ennt 96 Figure 4 55 The Burst Distribution histogram esee tentent tenerent 97 Figure 4 56 The Command Distribution histogram tenentes 98 Figure 4 57 The Statistics window in Bus Utilization mode eee 99 Figure 4 58 The Time History CUTY Eseese iipitin erderara tenente ntn tenente tenentes 100 Figure 4 59 Bar markers showing minimum maximum and average values 101 Figure 4 60 Reset bar markers eie iet esr er recen tentosb teta tete aea tete esed edo Teas be sic ad 101 Figure 4 61 The Count Options dialog box sse tenente tenente 102 Figure 5 1 The PXMBEMSME PB iiie tte aH en ars EH srra etti ce M eager ad 104 Figure 5 2 The XPXI Event Pattern window sese eterne netten 105 Figure 5 3 The external inputs on the PXMEMSM PB sese 105 Figure 5 4 New mnemonics in the PX
94. 99 46 99 190 41 33 LED 41 147 149 150 179 options information sampling status target information tool bar descriptions stop recording stop script STOP store store operator store qualifier stp switch window t target enable at power up 181 117 177 41 174 173 187 118 76 27 55 110 43 150 175 177 target latency target memory target only slot selection target retry cycles sampling target window tdma Tdwd TdwodTr template format numeric keypad templates terminal keyboard control terminal mode enter Exerciser terminal types select terminal user interface test tight sequence tile horizontally tile vertically time history curves time tag absolute time counter prescale value relative time time date set TimeAbs TimeRel tool bar top spacer installing trace dump to file dump to PC Host halt halt all load from PC Host run multiple run PCI sampling status save to NV RAM save trace options show show PCI show saved trace trace buffer extended markers navigation not filled User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 13 Index 33 29 12 136 115 175 148 190 190 196 193 194 206 208 23 21 150 80 122 122 100 132 33 218 33 33 218 33 84 83 41 15 15 91 203 116 116 203 116 116 116 204 194 82 116 194 38 69 105 89 85 88 39 253 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guarante
95. A eae ae ean Ratna ee leaked i go RUBRUM aE ott i tees define TRCWI DTH VME 24 16 8 as absti me define TRCWI DTH VSB 17 8 1 8 as absti me define TRCWI DTH SCSI 8 define TRCWI DTH TI MVMENO 14 define TRCWI DTH TI MVME 14 define TRCWI DTH TI MSCSI 10 define TRCWI DTH VX 8 define TRCWI DTH TI MVSB 10 define TRCWI DTH TI MBATVME 12 define TRCWI DTH XVME 24 I 16 8 as absti me define TRCWI DTH XVSB 17 8 1 8 as absti me define TRCWI DTH XSCSI 8 define TRCWI DTH XVXI 8 define TRCWI DTH PCI 24 16 8 as absti me define TRCWI DTH TI MPCI 8 define TRCWIDTH PCI 400A 8 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 9 Trace File Format define TRCWI DTH PCI 515 24 Il 16 8 as absti me define TRCWIDTH PCIA4008B 8 punte getoRiuseplent qua equa fliecReHd A Ran Ra iind goes Rune Bilal aus feu das VSB and XVSB Trace Js enia EAEN EEE face te th A SINE erus MS E ESEA ERIS cen i eter EE EAE na es Byte 8 in the trace is a SW added byte whwre channel 64 set indicates that data byte 0 is invalid channel 65 set indicates that data byte 1 is invalid channel 66 set indicates that data byte 2 is invalid channel 67 set indicates that data byte 3 channel 68 71 is not used is invalid l Abstime bytes layout ms millisecond ps picosecond This is the 8 last byte
96. ANDS OF at our full service in house repair center We also offer credit for buy backs and trade ins IN STOCK ITEMS www artisantg com WeBuyEquipment EQUIPMENT DEMOS HUNDREDS OF InstraV ea REMOTE INSPECTION LOOKING FOR MORE INFORMATION MANUFACTURERS Remotely inspect equipment before purchasing with Visit us on the web at www artisantg com 7 for more our interactive website at www instraview com information on price quotations drivers technical LEASING MONTHLY specifications manuals and documentation RENTALS ITAR CERTIFIED yop aed Contact us 888 88 SOURCE sales artisantg com www artisantg com
97. BO Snoop Backoff is an output from the PCI cache bridge and an input to cacheable memory subsystems residing on the PCI bus When SBO and SDONE are sampled asserted the currently addressed cacheable PCI memory subsystem should respond by signaling a retry to the current bus master User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 187 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 7 Signal Reference SDONE Snoop Done is an output from the PCI cache bridge and an input to cacheable memory subsystems residing on the PCI bus SDONE is de asserted while the processor s cache snoops a memory access started by the current bus master and is asserted when the snoop is completed The result of the snoop is indicated on the SB O signal 7 10 64 bits Bus Extension Pins ap e3 32 C BE 7 4 REQ64 ACK64 PAR64 Extends the address data bus to 64 bits Additional Bus Commands and Byte Enables Request 64 bits transfer is generated by the master indicating the desire to use 64 bits transfer Acknowledge 64 bits transfer is generated by the target signaling that 64 bits transfer is OK Parity of the upper double word Parity is calculated for the AD 63 32 and the C BE 7 4 busses too 7 11 Signal Groups 7 11 1 Size 188 The selection of PCI signals presented in each sampling mode default configuration has been carefully selected to make it c
98. Count ez 18 282 36 sm SR 6 782 88 987 188 rere i i ill PCI1 75 1882 L PCI2 37 Se 1 PCI3 37 58 i Count All Samples in TRANSFER mode sg Trace halted Reset Mode 32 25K Update Every 2 Seconds 204 Figure 8 11 The Statistics screen in standard histogram mode The Statistics screens for the Terminal User Interface are basically the same as explained in the earlier BusView chapters The only difference is the layout of the histograms and time history curves UHETRO PBT 515 PCI Bus Statistics Session Baie IS TERM he CEME TEES TS Count All Samples in TRANSFER mode Msg Trace halted Figure 8 12 The Statistics screen in Time History curve mode User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 8 Terminal User Interface 8 1 4 6 Exerciser Screen F1 Esc The PCI Exerciser is entered by selecting Exerciser from the menu bar or by pressing the F1 key The PCI prompt appears on the screen The user interface is command based in the same way as described for the Exerciser window under BusView See Section 6 11 Press the Esc key to return to the PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer 8 2 VMETRO VT100 Terminal Emulator Serial port ANSI emulation The program VT100 EXE on the Simulator Diskette is a VT100 terminal emulator prog
99. DEL Tag Comments The VMETRO TRACE identifies the file type The rag is the first parameter in Table 9 2 This copy of the string makes it easy to recognize the type of trace when typing the file The Comments are private user comments that may be added when the file is created The Ctrl Z is added at the end of the strings to make it possible to type the file and just get the header text strings displayed Use the DOS command TYPE lt riie name gt The File ID string is followed by records with the following layout ID W Data with length W bytes The ID is always a byte that describes the contents of the data field The W Width parameter is always four bytes long word It is the width or length of the data field in bytes This makes it possible to skip unknown records The following ID values are defined in the current format Description of the data field 319 Main Header 1 319 Main Header Unpacked Trace buffer data Run length packed Trace buffer data User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 1 2 Main Header 9 Trace File Format The Unpacked Trace buffer data record will always have the width nhLastValTrcLine nhFirstValTrcLine 1 nhTrcWidth The width of the Run length packed Trace buffer data will always be OxFFFFFFFF which means the rest of the file is read as data
100. DEM file transfer protocol Example PC with UMETRO s UT188 EXE WINDOWS Terminal etc Before starting make shure the current target corresponds to the target of the setup file If not cancel nov change target and reactivate this command Cancel gt Figure 8 8 Load a Setup from PC Host Click OK and the following line appears on the screen Start RMODEM Transmit on PC now From the Windows terminal menu bar select Transfer Send Binary File A Windows dialog box asking for a name of the setup appears Type a name and click OK If a setup with the same name exists on the tracer the dialog box in Figure 8 9 appears If the no option is selected the transfer is aborted To be able to load the setup without overwriting the already existing one the existing setup has to be stored under a new name before the load The setup Hysetup exist Replace o lt Ho gt Figure 8 9 Overwrite setups on load VMETRO Terminal Emulator Follow these instructions if operating the PBT X 515 using the VT100 Terminal Emulator from VMETRO The VT100 has a built in XMODEM CRC protocol for transferring files Select the Dump to PC Host option and the dialog box in Figure 8 8 appears Click OK and the following line appears on the screen Start RMODEM Transmit on PC now User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 201 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www art
101. EE UMETRO PBTM 515 S 9 FAL SIGNAL PINs Figure 3 6 The external input pins on the PBTM 515 The external inputs are used by connecting a thin probe wire Patch chords with test clips are included with the PBT X 515 Additional patch cords and test clips may be purchased from VMETRO from the external input pin XO for example to the signal of interest To be able to trigger on it insert the Ext 3 0 signal field into the Event Patterns and edit the Ext O signal to the trigger value The PCI bus has certain slot specific signals such as the Request REQ and Grant GNT signals used for arbitration In cases with multiple PCI Master devices these signals are of high interest for analysis in order to determine which master is active in each PCI transaction To make these signals available for the analyzer they can be brought from their respective slots to the external inputs as shown in Figure 3 7 see also Section 3 6 1 2 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 50Q BNC trigger cables 3 Functional description PCI slot 1 PCI slot 2 PCI slot 3 Figure 3 7 Connecting external REQ or GNT signals When using the 50Q BNC trigger cable for triggering of an oscilloscope or similar remember to terminate the oscilloscope to 50Q to match the impedance of the cable 3 6 1 2 GNT Latching
102. Ed PC Port COM Port comi sj Baudrate 38588 W Figure 2 9 The BusView Communication Parameters Connect To connect to the PBT X 515 choose Uti l i ti es Communi cati on Connect 2 4 6 Troubleshooting Connection Problems There may be several reasons why a connection attempt fails but cabling and communication settings are the most obvious The error message in Figure 2 10 indicates a connection failure No tracer connected Tracer firmware may need to be updated from menu command Utilities Update Tracer Firmvare Check power supply of tracer Check cabling and communication settings Figure 2 10 Warning message indicating that BusView was not able to connect to the PBT X 515 20 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 2 Installation 2 4 6 1 Troubleshooting Checklist Check that the green LED on the analyzer is lit If it is not the analyzer is not booting due to a hardware malfunction or insufficient power e If USB is used is the USB driver properly installed The driver should be installed automatically when Windows detects the PBT X 515 as a new USB device Follow the instructions from the Windows driver installation procedure If Windows fails to locate a USB driver it can be located in the base directory of the BusView CD ROM e If USB is used does the PC run a v
103. Er ERSE Pu rE 56 Figure 4 17 The Data options dialog box ssssseseseeenee tenente tentent tenente eene 57 Figur 4 18 Defining Range ies otn rere rene qr Reese ute RR HERE E Tue Geo epus ne Repo onc 58 Figure 4 19 Binary detail cerei ettet ertet trese eee eee e Pup tt iret ot ERSTES EERTSE S iN 58 Figure 4 20 64 bits addressing esses eene tenente tenente ntn tenente tenen tenentes 59 Figure 4 21 The Event Pattern Template TRANSFER mode eere 59 Figure 4 22 The Event Pattern Template CLOCK mode serere 59 Figure 4 23 The Event Pattern template TRANSACTION mode eee 59 Figure 4 24 PCI setup with the Sequencer in Single Event mode ses 60 Figure 4 25 Sequencer example program sseseseserenee tenente tente enne tenentes 62 Figure 4 26 Leaving Single Event mode sse nter tentenenenenis 63 Figure 4 27 The default Sequencer program sse treten tenentes 63 Figure 4 28 Editing an Event Expression sss tentent tenente tentent 64 Figure 4 29 Addrl is inserted in line 1 sse treten eene tenentes 64 Figure 4 30 Insert another If test above the Trigger statement sse 65 Figure 4 31 If statement inserted seen tenete tenente te tentent 65 Figure 4 32 Addr2 is the next event to look for tette 65 Figure 4 33 Changing the trigger posit
104. Exerciser the PBTM 515 PMC Analyzer and the PBTC 415 CompactPCI Bus Analyzer and Exerciser UMETRO The Bus Analyzer Specialist User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com CONTENTS CONTENTS I GETTING STAKTED ieciescszit sack sensusacestectbiscddccennsesnesssatessccndeaenaxteves T iml 1 1 1 1 Expandable with Piggyback Modules eene 1 1 2 Getting Started sss cscs oncnescase hi te SD ERG DAR DR EO UnU OHURID IRE UHR FQ S DIU I QR E UR NN Ud RS 2 1 2 1 Getting Started Using a Terminal User Interface esee 7 Zs INS TALEA TION c LL 2 1 Static Electricity Precautions wvsciscscscssncsssecsocsscesssesesessessetecssevetssenssvesseveseseveesesessvoevede 11 2 2 Preparations PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer and Exerciser cesses 11 PALM eio Tr 11 22 2 LOU DEIBCUIOM C P 12 2 5 3 Poser Consumption deer is viicuiorsie ui ren bn dix esie iue ui udi ad depu Rus 12 2 3 Preparations PBTM 515 PMC Analyzer e c eee ee eee eee eee en eee ta
105. IER sur PCI Exerciser Pif x PCI 1d 8 80880080 80080488 052008d8 06110868 8a888c88 P 80800018 068000230 04000220 08868008 08808010 8 80880020 20080028 03100140 682089b8 82020be8 P 9 8 80800038 18080040 00100330 00608018 808108010 9 8 66666646 888c09f0 00108eh8 62666626 02228288 p 800080058 602420020 03300220 66616286 012001a8 B 8 80888860 02088020 80b805c8 62126286 88861288 0 88800078 01400010 66400616 618660066 62466800 G 66666686 08200830 02050000 66166a36 085808818 8 P 66666696 08080210 08000000 864866a6 12088228 H 8080800238 02700350 08001a20 68146326 62466b30 P p 8 808800b8 88000068 08600808 81020008 08888938 h a weus du 8880800c8 01800880 08800520 00500542 01220280 B Q9 666666d6 88200910 01000208 66666166 667660146 a p 800000e8 02200850 81800798 56616216 11050590 P P 800808f8 08880040 88000898 66266626 88C880h8 3 4 New address oooo0000 PCI Target None DMA Latency Timer O0 Cacheline 0 Parity Checking Gener LJ PCI 33 3MHz 32 Figure 4 6 PCI Exerciser window The New Address field used in the Local Modify and Local Display commands to jump to a new address The Prev button is used in the Local Modify and Local Display commands to display the previous address ar
106. IT NT 9 181 LT SPU MD a 9 A 181 7 SIGNAL REFERENCE eic eessois rtis bo iio ikea sero t isses ocio esieree T DA ye Br P 184 Fede POU MCI 185 WC dall s vS 185 TA P unc Eu BiDICWu e 185 74 1 B s Command P3eldoutenbesui Qus es Qao sd cce Cid i ob I EROR Go Ec eva di die 186 7 5 Interface Control Pins C M 186 7 6 Arbitration PING pscsiscisesscasasenistecdesscstnsssncbuasisscousientetacessnetassnedheveossseeazeassteasenceedexcisevecs 187 T Error Reporting PUBS Sis oco aa VERO PARERE CAN RECX NEUEN NOIL HUI HN E IRE LOUER RUNE LONE ORE CRGA 187 7 9 Interrupt PUIG TINI T TT 187 7 9 Cache Support PIIns sioe esses ees eos toa eoo sesnossoensssessesvsvsvsvvonvesseeeevssswavsessennvevsoueneesees 187 7 10 64 bits Bus Extension Pins 5 eet entorno natn eene eu b n sk ase ee insu a aenea ener ar co ea keU Eu 188 FAL Signal Groups E 188 TALE SUE ee 188 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser XV Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com CONTENTS TA V2 SAUS M 189 RIO E S e sut Rm M ME MM Me 189 TATA SAE c 189 T Mig Burst BUTSUE ENTIER 190 MAN
107. LastRunSampMode Sampling mode used during trace 0x00 TRANSFER sampling 0x01 CLOCK sampling 0x02 TRANSFER DETAILS sampling only 32 bits busses 0x20 MIXED sampling between TRANSFER and TRANSFER DETAILS Only for the VBT 325 Trigger position used for run Width of sample in bytes YTE nhLastRunTimingIdx 325 Trig delay given by trig position char nhTrigLineTxt 10 char nhTime 8 Trigger line text Time when trace trigged or was halted The bytes are coded as follows O RTC_64HZ 64Hz counter 1 RTC_SEC Seconds BCD coded 0 59 2 RTC_MIN Minutes BCD coded 0 59 3 RTC_HR Hour BCD coded 0 23 4 RTC_DOW Day of week 0 6 Sunday Saturday 5 RTC_DAY Day of month BCD coded 1 31 6 RTC_MNTH Month BCD coded 1 12 7 RTC_YEAR Year BCD coded 0 99 INT 16 nhCalcADCVal 4 Tuned ADC values when trace trigged or was halted The 4 values are coded as follows O ADC_5V 5V value 100 I ADC 12V 12V value 100 2 ADC_N12V 12V value 100 3 ADC TEMP Temperature in degrees C BYTE nhLastRunSrcPad 256 Target HW dependent data Table 9 2 The Main Header 214 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 9 Trace File Format 9 2 Trace Data Line format Each trace data structure consists of several Header nhTrcWi dth wide trace lines The structure of each trace data line is as follows typedef uns
108. MEM8M PB trace terere 105 Figure 6 1 The Load Predefined Setup dialog box serene 108 Figure 6 2 The Print Trace dialog box sees eene ettet tentnnen 110 Figure 6 3 The Sampling Options dialog box w ozwithout seen 113 Figure 6 4 The Sampling Status dialog box sees tenente 116 Figure 6 5 Loadmp a Setup edi trei Hodie ee iR Heo ide E EE Easa TE Earns 117 Figure 6 6 The User Interface Options dialog box tette 119 Figure 6 7 The Select Window dialog box seen nter nnns 122 Figure 6 8 The Edit Search Pattern window sse 123 Figure 6 9 The Jump to Line dialog box essere nter nennen 126 Figure 6 10 The Count dialog box sese eese tenente nete ten entente te tentent 126 Figure 6 11 The Scale dialog box tenente tnnt tne tenentes 127 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 239 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 12 Appendix 240 Figure 6 12 Master Display Command sees tenentes 136 Figure 6 13 The result of a Display command in the Exerciser window ss 137 Figure 6 14 Master Modify command sese tenente tenentes 139 Figure 6 15 The result of the Modify command in the Exerciser window 139 Figure 6 16 Master Write command
109. NI C 191 8 TERMINAL USER INTERFACE eeeeeeee eene tenen eee een esses 192 8 1 Using a Terminal Instead of BusView eee ecce ee ee ee ee eren eee ee eee eo seen susto 192 AM CSriicickwnidm H 192 8 1 1 1 Keyboard Control Within Dialog Boxes eee 192 8 1 2 Screen X OLEPOPIBS oi deett raiviss e eese td HMM EE EAEE RN OFER AEE EE RE 193 B3 SUID SCIO aa cs torti meine ance dbxoseD E 193 NEN P ce 193 AN Eo e a li 194 8 1 3 3 Edit Event Patterns 2 i eei ers ipe peculio tici react 195 8 1 3 4 Edit the Sequencer Single Event Mode rientrare 197 8 1 5 5 Edit the Sequencer Sequencer Mode erroe cernat needs 198 B 1 2 0 DBTIOGS eec eios tid eoa e RR PE PR RU ODER UERU E M uq CURI dubi Ma DUMi 198 MESE n EN e ES 199 B Tor Trace Display Soren s denied ORen EN DOR DUM Hu Meran atm Mp quM PUR pbi OR GE 202 ONES SPA cro E RE 202 NR S JUMP Ie 203 MEOS Ign 203 SLAS Statistics SETET eiiieaenii QR tUa id xcti au nd o Tbe on cb RUE 204 B ISDG EXEECISGESUPOBI ure Cni etr EDMUE PERS ES DIAM IT Ta qua PD RISO RIAM UN Cp Mi en iste ttnU 205 8 2 VMETRO VT100 Terminal Emulator eere esee eene neenon tn neta en ntn snuno 205 8 2 1 Startuig the VT TOD ue tiec pan gel Uo teen
110. Note Note Note The REQ and GNT signals used for arbitration are slot specific and are thus not available to the analyzer on the bus However they may be sampled through the external inputs on the front panel as discussed above Four external inputs are dedicated to the GNT signals the E XT 3 0 pins Because the GNT can be deasserted at the same clock as FRAME is asserted the analyzer may latch the GNT s the clock prior to the address phase and keep it latched until the transaction has finished This allows the user to see which master was accessing the bus during the transaction The Ext 3 0 pins can be used both for GNT latching and for other user defined external signals If they are used for GNT latching the GNT signal field in the Event Patterns window has to be inserted which in turn makes the Ext 3 0 signal field disappear from the Insert Signal dialog box In other words the GNT signal field and the Ext 3 0 signal field can not be inserted into the Event Patterns window at the same time The difference between the two options is that the signals are latched if they are sampled as GNT signals See Section 4 9 4 for the statistical presentation of the GNT signals Jumpers J10 and J11 as shown in Chapter 11 select between the GNT and REQ signals of the PBT 515 PCI Exerciser and Ext 3 and Ext 4 The default position of the J10 and J11 jumpers selects the GNT and REQ signals The GNT
111. PBT 515 when done sse tenente 229 Figure 10 13 Error message indicating no contact with the tracer 230 Figure 10 14 Missing the tuning parameters sssseseseeeeeere eterne entente netten 231 Figure 10 15 The Tuning parameters sriid apotti Erei tenente tenen tenens 231 Figure 10 16 Configuring PCB and ECO level sese 231 Figure 11 1 Jumper settings default on the PBT 515 sse 234 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 241 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 12 Appendix Figure 11 2 Jumper settings default on the PBTM 515 top side Figure 11 3 Jumper settings default on the PBTM 515 bottom Side eee Figure 11 4 UART Jumper Setting sse nte tentn tenete ten entente te tentenenens Figure 11 5 PowerPC FLASH EPROM control essent 12 2 List of tables 242 Table 5 1 The arguments of the Display command eee Table 5 2 Using the Display command sees nennen enne tenentes Table 5 3 The arguments of the Modify command eere Table 5 4 Using the Modify command serene tenente nentes Table 5 5 The arguments of the Fill command sse tenentes Table 5 6 The arguments of the DMA command seen Table 5 7 The arguments of the Test command
112. Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com CONTENTS PAS BUR Cii Fon A E 22 2 5 2 1 Select New Terminal Type 2sscccssisscevetenssetarnaasecedsaaeetatiaaeaesaaeanciesmcaaienes 22 2 5 2 2 Clear Non Volatile Memory ss csccsassescuecssecessausacesasensedeansencyncacereseausniestoesaee 23 BiG EE E a PE E EIE EEE TEA EE 24 3 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION ssccssssssssssssssssssssssssssscssersesseee ZO 3 1 Product Overview PB DAS 05 ccisccsesacauicencctssisscsavevasconecssacconcdesccesssanesnscseatensccensauscnssedee 25 Sad PE UMHS LS p M 25 Tek DIU e 26 3 3 PCT Analvzer FealUres oeessesessesssess eer eeen ee py es Ee eyP ERN EEEPEN NEP EREVR EX VERE ER EVEN NER ENS PE e ERR ER FERE 26 3 3 1 De multiplexed Address Data isicing rat rk veE equat Fe Crh sip a Nin SIE Ro ad MUS 27 3 3 2 OUTS Ss IDGCeHIO DEDE sissen iria sadi aom Dro DAS be tu Uso f beue Rc RU 27 3 3 3 Data PPS coge cc 27 3 4 PCI Exerciser POQtir D 28 SE MM coi Pc C 28 3 4 2 Simultaneous Master and PCI Analysis cease eene 29 3 4 3 Script Function Allows Automated Testing 0 ee eee eeseeseeseeeereeceaeeeseeseeeeeneees 29 3 4 4 Emulate a Board under Dest gti 2 c2 cccdesccnscadeseaseoctenceeseesacedied cauecedeteeetensaeuseeets 29 3 4 5 DMA Transfer S ses prrs kh astis valsaguusoniaunsna
113. RANSFER mode The analyzer can also sample Parity errors Retry and Target disconnect with and without data See Section 6 2 9 1 for more information AD 31 0 AD 63 32 GNT 3 0 REQ DSEL C BE 3 0 C BE 7 4 FRAME TRDY I RDY STOP DEVSEL PAR PAR64 PERR SERR RST SDONE SBO I NTA INTB NTC I NTD LOCK ACK64 and REQ64 plus 8 external inputs 3 5 3 TRANSACTION Sampling TRANSACTION sampling is similar to TRANSFER mode except that it instead of displaying Data it displays the total Burst Length for each transaction see Figure 3 3 When entering the TRANSACTION sampling mode the data field in the setup window disappears i e it is not possible to trigger on a data pattern In the trace display a field called BurstLen replaces the data field The result is one trace line per transaction where the start address of the transaction and the burst length is displayed In this mode a vast number of PCI transactions are stored in the trace buffer producing a trace that is optimal for system behavior analysis validation and performance tuning 3 6 Main Blocks Analyzer 32 The Analyzer part of the PBT X 515 consists of three main stages through which samples are passing during the acquisition process e Sampling stage e Word Recognition Triggering stage e Sample Storage Statistics Counting stage User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology G
114. REPT TH JUMPER INSTALLED OPEN NORMAL PBT 515BX CX DEFAULT JUMPER SETTING RA JT1 p PGM VOLTAGE Q Q MX Oo DISCONNECTED d J33 l l FROM FLASH d J15 J9 EPROM REP GRECE gt i 2 FLASH EPROM ENABLED JUMPER INSTALLED PGM VOLTAGE o MAL Hl PEN NORI FLASH EPROM DISABLED gt Cen cence Nuss J8 N BUSVIEW ONLY 8 TERMINAL ONLY Ree HOST J20 lt 68 J30 FORT GONG i x le 32 J20 SE WITH THE JUMPER REMOVED THE a J13 GT 64130 WILL RETRY ALLPCI CYCLES UNTIL sus J14 TIS 2 UP BY THE EXERCISER FLASH FoweiPG EPROMCTRL J18 331 332 POWER TO FAN UNIT lt lt SAMPLING SAMPLING RRNAL INPUT 3 SAMPLING PBT 515 rp ys GT 64130 GNT lt SAMER meur Don IDSEL DIS H bea is CONNECTED lt SAMPLING PME CONNECTED NN LED TO GT 64130 WITI J312 C J17 TOGT 64120 FROM GT 64130 JOEER ROTE y i E E N J19 CI J34 o Hl il ur d gree RE CENE NUES POWER FROM AN EXTERNAL POWER SOURCE POWER FROM PCI Figure 11 1 Jumper settings default on the PBT 515 4 BACKUP BATTERY CONNECTED DEFAULT GRANT SIGNAL CONNECTED DEFAULT ay c BACKUP BATTERY DISCONNECTED EXTERNAL INPUT3 CONNECTED et OR TERMINAL DEFAULT mj mm i FLASH PGM POWER DISCONNECTED FLASH PGM POWER CONNECTED DEFAULT 11 2 PBTM 515 eme EXTERNAL INPUT 4 CONNECTED 1 REQUEST SIGNAL CONNECTED DEFAULT FLASH DISABLED FLASH ENABLED DEFAULT P7 4 Figure 11 2 Jumper sett
115. Run 1 Getting Started EZ BusView File Edit Compare Trace Statistics Exerciser Setups Utilities Window Help PSS Caja s umi 51 1 4 ISI Ge extis lolx Te eR K TRANSACTION modo Jrs TRANSACTION mode TRANSFER mode Ml o E L amp mmand Address Data INTxit Ext74 Bk Trace Run frr x CLOCK mode kxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxx XX XXXX XXXX x KS amp XXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX XX XXXX XXXX PCI1 x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX XX XXXX XXXX PCI2 x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX XX XXXX XXXX RX XXXX XKXK Event Patterns Window x x x x PCI Sequencer Single Event Mode Sampling in TRANSFER mode Store ALL If AnyThing then Trigger at START of trace Sequencer Window a Pcl 33 31 Figure 1 2 The Setup window where triggers sampling modes etc is defined The PBT X 515 has three main sampling modes CLOCK TRANSFER default and TRANSACTION mode In addition there is a fourth sampling mode which is a combination of the CLOCK and the TRANSFER sampling modes Section 3 5 includes a detailed description of the sampling modes Select Tr ace Run from the menu bar or click on the lightning button at the tool bar to get a sample of the current bus activity After a few moments the Trace window is displayed assuming there is traffic on the PCI bus see Figure 1 3 The contents of the Trace window is now a snapshot of the current bus traffic User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp
116. Single Wl Data Burst Wi Retry Idle Efficiency Figure 4 8 Bus Uilization Meter pie chart PCI Bus Utilization 100 75 50 25 Transactions Data Total Data Burst Data Retry Efficiency Figure 4 9 Bus Utilization Meter time history curves User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 51 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation Bus Utilization Meter Options Ea _ View Options Stay on Top Hide Title Bar iv Grid Numbers C Time History Curues V Separate Views Iv Filled only one item filled when not separate views C Histograms Barmarkers with i min F reset time Pie Chart Refresh Rate i sec r Items to Display Max Scale V Transactions 100 v 7 Data Total 100 v Data Burst 100 iv Data Retry 100 Iv Efficiency wee v Idle always used in pie chart e e m eo Save Data to File Save to stt l Cancer Figure 4 10 The Bus Utilization Meter Options dialog box 4 5 Event Patterns The Event Patterns window defines the patterns to be loaded into the word recognizers of the PBT X 515 The hardware provides four parallel word recognizers but the user may define a larger number of predefined patterns that can easily be taken into use PCI0 PCI3 By default four user editable patterns are provided They are labeled PCIO PCI3 and by defaul
117. Statistics The PBT X 515 provides powerful statistical measurements of target bus activity e Event Counting e Bus Utilization e Bus Transfer Rate e Bus Profile e Burst Distribution e Command Distribution 4 9 1 1 Counter Driven The most accurate method to collect data for the histograms is the counter driven method It is based on four hardware counters which are programmed to increment on certain bus events In addition there is a fifth 20 bits counter counting the total number of samples taken Every time this counter reaches its maximum count user programmable up to 1048576 1M samples the four counters are disabled their values read and immediately re enabled to resume counting while the histograms are computed and displayed This method ensures that only a minimal amount of bus activity is missed from the measurement between each update of the histograms giving a capture ratio of close to 100 This mode is therefore called real time Statistics The following statistics modes are counter driven e Event Counting e Bus Utilization 4 9 1 2 Trace Driven The other method for collecting data is based on taking a series of traces each with a maximum number of samples This gives more flexibility of what to present since it is all up to the software to process the collected data in the trace buffer However only a smaller part of all bus activity is captured so in order to give a true picture of the behavior o
118. T 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 2 Installation To the PBT 515 RxD RxD TxD TxD T FE DTR GND Pin 5 a 3 b GND DSR CTS Micro DB9 Male DB9 Female Figure 2 7 Serial connection between the PC and the PBT 515 To PBTM 515 To PC COM Port RxD1 RxD TxD1 TxD DTR GND Pin2 GND B ARIES e b RR RENE eee 1 DSR CTS ITT CANNON Meo MOSM Seri CA111972 11 RS292 DBR Female Figure 2 8 Serial connection between the PC and the PBTM 515 Note that the signals on pin 2 and 3 are crossed 2 4 5 1 Communication Parameters Before communication can be established between the PC and the analyzer the communication parameters for the PC Serial Port must be set to the correct values In BusView select the command Util ities Communication Port Settings In the dialog box see Figure 2 9 select the COM USB Port to which the analyzer is connected and press the OK button The settings in Windows control panel have no effect in BusView for Windows If the connection completed successfully the setup window of the analyzer will be displayed and the unit is ready for use The operation of the PBT 515 is explained in Chapter 4 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 19 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 2 Installation Port Settings
119. Test with a user defined pattern Exertrg on verify error CLOCK mode only Table 6 11 The arguments of the Compare command PCI c 80000000 S03fffffllilsO Compare command 80000000 PCI start address 803fffff PCI end address 1 fill pattern from local user memory 1 do not repeat I PCI I O space 1 one byte accesses s single cycles 0 local user memory address The result is a test that reads 0x400000 bytes from PCI address 0x80000000 with single byte accesses and compares the data with the data at local user address 0 This procedure is performed once or until the user terminates the test by pressing the Quit button at the bottom of the PCI Exerciser window or one of the keyboard keys q Q Esc or The value argument specifies which kind of test pattern to be used Using value l in conjunction with the 1o0cal addr argument causes the pattern atlocal addr to be used as test pattern A user defined pattern can be filled into the local user memory area starting with local addr before the test is started This can be done using the Local Fill andthe Local Modify commands See also the Save and Load commands for saving patterns to disk Section 6 11 5 The Compare command asserts a trigger signal Exertrg to the PCI Bus Analyzer when a verify error occurs For each verify error the test stops and waits for user input either to terminate the test or to continue Use the bu
120. The Bus Utilization histogram is counter driven based on CLOCK sampling and displays four important parameters concerning the traffic on the bus Figure 4 52 shows a Bus Utilization histogram The Transactions column measures the duration of transactions relative to the total time i e how much the PCI bus is used It is calculated by dividing the number of samples with FRAME OR RDY 2 active by the total number of samples User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 93 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation Data Total Data Burst Efficiency The Data Total column measures the duration of data transfers relative to the total time i e how much time is spent transferring data across the PCI bus It is calculated by dividing the number of samples with RDY AND TRDY active by the total number of samples The Data Burst column measures the duration of burst data transfers relative to the total time i e how much time is spent transferring burst data across the PCI bus It is calculated by dividing the number of samples with RDY AND TRDY AND Bur St active by the total number of samples The Efficiency measures the duration of data transfers versus the duration of transactions i e how efficient the system is transferring data It is calculated by dividing the Data Total percentage by the Transactions percentage X BusView PCI B
121. The BusView software supports both the PBT X 515 PCI Bus Analyzer and the PBT X 415 PCI Bus Analyzer 6 6 1 Communication The Communi cati ons menu contains all the options for connecting the BusView software on the PC to the PBT X 515 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 117 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference 6 6 1 1 Connect The Connect command connects the PC to the PBT X 515 Before connecting make sure that the options under Port Settings are correct 6 6 1 2 Disconnect The Disconnect command disconnects the PC from the PBT X 515 6 6 1 3 Port Settings The baud rate etc of the two serial ports can be defined independently of each other by the Port Settings command 6 6 2 Update Tracer Firmware When Update Tracer Firmware is selected it displays a dialog box giving a step by step guide for how to update the tracer firmware Refer to Chapter 10 for a detailed description Note The analyzer is always shipped with all necessary firmware loaded into FLASH PROMs on the board Reloading of firmware is only necessary if a new firmware version is issued or a fatal system error has occurred 6 6 3 Clear Non Volatile Memory Clearing the Non Volatile Memory will reset the tracer and cause all trace data and setups to be lost Use this command if a fatal software crash has occurred e g if the operation of
122. Trigger at START of trace Figure 4 31 If statement inserted Change the event expression from ANYTHING to Addr2 as described for Addr1 above PCI Sequencer 1 a Sampling in TRANSFER mode 1 b Store ALL 1 c If fiddr1 then 2 a If QIB then 2 b Trigger at START of trace Figure 4 32 Addr2 is the next event to look for If the trigger position is set to START of trace it means that no samples before the trigger sample is visible in the trace Setting the trigger position to 25 of trace means that 25 of the trace is filled up before the trigger sample and thus it is possible to see what happened some time before the trigger Double click on the START keyword or select and press CR Select 2596 from the pop up menu that appears User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 65 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation PCI Sequencer 1 a Sampling in TRANSFER mode 1 b Store ALL 1 c If fiddr1 then 2 a If fddr2 then 2 b Trigger at of trace START 25 MIDDLE 75 END Figure 4 33 Changing the trigger position The software routine that is the basis for this tutorial has both an If branch and an Else branch If there was not for the Else branch which contains both the accesses from the If branch the Sequencer program could end here It would then search for Addr1 and it would tr
123. Unknown GNT Total 0 84 0 79 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 62 MXfer s MXfer s MXfer s MX fer s MX fer s MX fer s PCI 33 3MHz 32 Figure 4 53 The Bus Transfer Rate histogram The histogram bars are updated for every trace but by enabling the bar markers see Section 4 9 8 3 the minimum maximum and average values are displayed and they are averaged over all traces The total bar in Figure 4 53 will always display the sum of all the GNT s The GNT a d can be activated by connecting the GNT s from the other modules on the PCI bus to the external inputs on the PBT X 515 For more information about GNT latching see Section 3 6 1 1 and Section 3 6 1 2 It is recommended to run this mode over some time This will give a more representative average of the systems transfer rates 4 9 5 Bus Profile The Bus Profile statistics is trace driven i e a trace is taken and a series of statistic measurements are calculated and displayed User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 95 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation A PCI Bus Utilization histogram which is the same as explained in Section 4 9 3 A PCI Bus Transfer Rate histogram which displays the Total bar from the Bus Transfer Rate statistics described in Section 4 9 4 A PCI Data Transfers histogram which displays the total number of data transfers per transaction A
124. _PCI means the 500MHz timing analyzer Each target has its associated LED LED color codes e None Empty trace e Dark green Trace full e Light green Tracer is running but has not triggered e Yellow Tracer is running and has found a trigger At the end of the status line is the annunciator The annunciator displays the status of the analyzer The sampling frequency is for instance displayed by the annunciator User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation ast BusView Edit Trace Statistics Exerciser Setups Utilities Window Help Ne Stell E TE TE HI peal SHm Open lolx Save Save as Biel Es Eint Printer Setup PCI Event Patterns Menu Bar Address Data Status Err INTx Ext74 x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX x XX XXXX XXXX XX XXXX XXXX XX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XX XXXX XXXX x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX v Save Settings on Exit x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX Exit x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX x OON XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX Pull Down Menu PCI Sequencer Single Event Mode Sampling in TRANSFER mode Store ALL If AnyThing then Trigger at START of trace x x x x x xxxx x x B 4 PCI A 33 3MHz 32 Figure 4 1 The BusView front panel 4 2 Using BusView BusView can be mouse controlled keyboard controlled or a combination of the
125. a in burst cycles is automatically incremented by the PBT X 515 software In case of a memory cycle it is incremented by 4 if 32 bit or 8 if 64 bit in case of an I O cycle it is incremented by 1 Note that this does not actually occur on the bus i e in a burst cycle the target is supposed to do the address incrementing by itself Because the address incrementing is done in software it is not possible to trigger on an incremented address The address incrementing takes place only when the Store qualifier in the Sequencer is set to store A11 default 3 3 3 Data Presentation The captured data is presented to the user in a uniform and easily understandable way For easy location of particular samples in the trace memory powerful Search and Extract functions are provided Further trace data can be presented in the form of an alphanumeric trace list or as waveform diagrams Regardless of the type of presentation selected the user can scroll forward and backward in the trace data and can also select which signals to be presented on User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 27 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 3 Functional description the screen This allows the user to get the maximum of relevant information from the trace data with a minimum of effort 3 4 PCI Exerciser Features This section applies to the PBT 515 only Has the ability of pl
126. aD dac puel Mates UNA fies 206 re dll MPU e eda eee 207 8 2 2 VTTOO Environment Variable ss ciicsccssccssasaccessnnsdedsssnacdecsavtcedsaareeacstansbadsverscendes 207 8 2 3 Terminal Types to Use on tlie racer Loi oe Loo recorte eher ra ta en bo reden d tv adn 207 8 2 3 1 Built in X MODEM CRC PrOLGG0O iiie toan rhe tato theo eee Fodda 207 8 2 4 Built in Script Language 2 Ded spe beds toq In ug ai et udin ei dandi d 208 8 2 4 1 Script Control COPBIDADDS aient tnit en men od asa endete rte da Re dusen e 208 8 2 4 2 Function Keys in Script PIS oue tette ott bad testes aea ett bR 209 Xvi User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com CONTENTS 8 2 1 3 Seri pt Example 91 seii tto E nasa 210 8 2 4 4 Script Example Be assay m vict ina RNC U TU MEUM MER IM 211 9 TRACE FILE FORMA icis ec tir irri a rH eite piece L 9 1 Trace File Format eem 212 9 2 Trace Data Line format e sossesssoseseesossesessosossososeosesossesosoososcososeosessssessesossssesoseoses 215 9 3 Details of the Time Tag Variables sesssecsseessecesocesocessoessoccssccssccesoosscocesscessocesocsso 216 9 4 Converting the Time Tag to a Time Value e eee ee ee ee ee eee ee eee e seen naso 216 9 5 Details of Internally Generated Bits cese eee esee eere ee eere ee eere eee e seen aae
127. acing any user defined cycles on the PCI bus Has powerful test functionality for testing of PCI memory Any user defined pattern can be used as test pattern in addition to Walking One Zero random patterns etc Triggers the PCI Bus Analyzer if Memory tests fails Can start a DMA transfer on a trigger from the PCI Bus Analyzer Can display and modify both PCI Memory space I O space and Configuration space Can place heavy traffic on the PCI bus using up to 4 DMA controllers and at the same time perform any other user commands Can transfer data from one PCI device to another using DMA in addition to the usual DMA read and write functionality Contains 8MBytes of local user memory This memory can be mapped as PCI target memory and accessed from external PCI agents Powerful scripting tools for recording of Exerciser commands The scripts are saved on disk and can be run either once or in a repetitive loop Can save PCI local memory to file and load it back again which can be used to save a special test pattern for later use Generate interrupts on the PCI bus Generate IntAck and Special cycles on the PCI bus Supports 32 and 64 bits data as master and target Supports burst and single cycles 3 4 1 Reference Unit The PCI Exerciser uses a PowerPC EC603e processor with a GT 64130 PCI interface to provide real PCI cycles with nominal bus timing As such the PCI Exerciser can act as a reference unit that generates cycle
128. ad trace info J fscanf fp u u amp header first amp header noSavedSampl es fscanf fp u u amp header gt triggerPos amp header gt noSampl esi ntTrace oad setup info if setup not correct load setup header modellndexz UI NT8 fgetc fp fscanf fp s string Skip old setup reference not used anymore l fscanf fp d amp header gt extendedTi metag Load and copy runsampspeed sampmode and trigpos J For PCI this is the PCI clock on the bus when the trace was collected fscanf fp lu lu d amp header samlingSpeed ms amp header samlingSpeed ps amp header samlingSpeed flags fscanf fp d d 1 amp header gt setupTriggerPos amp header gt setupSamplingMode Load format fscanf fp d d amp header formatScale amp header formatFlag Clean up and return fclose fp return OK 222 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 9 Trace File Format User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 223 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 10 Firmware Upgrade 10 FIRMWARE UPGRADE 10 1 Firmware Upgrade Preparations 10 1 1 Firmware CD The firmware on the PBT X 515 is normally executed out of the
129. ae aaa TR 119 6 6 6 User Interface CTDETONIB e ha eren eee e banca a E i eo bam ERE 119 6 6 7 Bus Utilization Meter P 120 6 6 8 Bus Utilization Meter Options is eire te Etre Reb ch ceecwetautceentadheeusletetan 120 6 6 9 Bre el i fc MEN 120 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser xi Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com CONTENTS 6 6 10 Reset Analyzer dee aain 120 66 11 Reset TE ICUS cuo adem ted ds a asa AE d dU E 121 O02 Special ee E E E 121 6 7 Lili Miifori T 121 07 V Cascade c 121 0 7 2 Tile Honzontally esre 121 6 72 Me Verica See eRe ee eee T T a a aas 121 GLA Arrange GODS on E E E E EE 121 5 59 ATRIIS EISD aci devoti enit E totu nM dra ten cr eda 122 LONE ORA Tl BTE P 122 6 7 1 Select dno E 122 6 9 Help Men me 122 Es T COBEBDIES ee ee ee tette eto baute ibus dust oC ie d usus 122 6 8 2 Search for Help ON eese cep tst veilt dni mad NE aei uem E inus 123 6 8 USIMA HE RE TOM TR 123 6 9 Trac Display Per 123 RUNI TIENI MNT TIT 123 6 9 1 1 Edit Search Pater iae iei inten bebe oed odd buda Up deis eiie ieimudd 123 69 TZ EUTOOL sedo o SIR RN ER du NM
130. alid version of Windows Win98 and Win2000 e Verify that the cable used is correct as described in Section 2 4 3 e Check the communication parameters e Try a different COM port e Try slowing down the baud rate e Use a multi meter and check the cable again e Try connecting in Terminal View to verify COM port and cable e Try connecting with a different PC 2 5 Terminal User Interface The PBT X 515 is delivered standard with a user interface for operation from a terminal VT100 or similar or from a terminal emulator running on a PC or UNIX workstation For this purpose VMETRO supplies a VT100 emulator free of charge included on the BusView CD 2 5 1 Establish a Connection In order to operate the PBT X 515 from a terminal do the following e Connect a terminal or PC Workstation running a terminal emulator to the serial port as described in Section 2 4 3 e Set the serial port of the terminal to 38k4 or lower baud 8 bits 1 stop bit no parity Apply power to the system The PBT 515 M can run with baud rates from 300 to 115k baud By default it is in the auto baud rate mode waiting for CR 1 e J to be typed to determine the actual baud rate Any baud rate between 38k4 and 4200 baud will be detected The baud rate can also be manually changed by the command Utilities Serial ports This command can also be used to change the default 8 bits one stop bit no parity communication mode User s Manual PBT 5
131. an Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Brackets are used to indicate that fields are expandable like event expressions where event terms can be expanded with a logical expression like OR AND NOT Both predefined events and user defines events are available in the Sequencer as shown in Figure 4 40 Select an event expression in the Sequencer type CR and the Event Expression dialog box appears Creating an event expression is done according to the rules in Section 4 7 5 5 Ai BusView PCI Setup LIS File Edi Trace Statistics Setups Utilities Window Help S O e Seid al A L9 CIL Event Sizt AnyThing x Edit the event expression using the fiddr 1 i fiD32 folloving keys fiddr2 2 fiD32 PCI2 OX lt INS gt Insert an event PCI3 2 ox lt DEL gt Delete an item lt DOWN gt Change an event OR AND NOT Left bracket 1 a Sampling Right bracket 1 b Store AL ANYTHING 1 c If du 1 d Trigger ANYTHING Addr2 PCI2 PCI3 33 3MHz 32 Figure 4 40 Brackets in the Sequencer are expandable Each line in the Sequencer has a number consisting of state number and line within state as a lower case letter separated by a dot e g l a etc Two letters e g 1 aa etc are used if more than 26 lines used Line numbers are used in the Sequencer except when in Single Event Mode Indents are used after f Count Delay El si f and El s
132. an one El si f can be used Elsif Event Expression then Trigger Goto State Halt Else Trigger Goto State Halt 66 99 e The colon indicates that other states of the same construction can be entered at this location User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation e Multiple branch conditions are possible by combining an f Count or Delay statement followed by a number of El si f optionally ending with an El se Note that Count and Del ay only may come as an alternative to the f and that El si f and El se are allowed after Count andDel ay e Halt may only be used alone 4 7 5 2 Sequencer Notation Keywords Event expressions Operators Filler words UPPER lower case Parametric keywords are shown in UPPER CASE letters for better visibility like TRANSFER CLOCK and START MI DDLE END Both predefined as PCI 0 and user defined events are shown as in Event Patterns window Operators are shown with initial Caps otherwise lower case Filler words likei n then of etc are shown in lower case User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 73 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation Brackets State Line numbers Indents Current state indicator 74 Artis
133. ar id 16 Current is BusView TRACE V UL NT32 verMain Main version number current is 1 UI NT32 verSub Sub version number current is 9 UL NT32 traceDataOffset I Offset in file from start to trace data UINT32 first First saved trace line relative UI NT32 noSavedSamples The number of saved samples in the trace UI NT32 triggerPos The trigger position in the origina trace absolute UL NT32 noSamplesinTrace Mumber of samples in the original trace UINT8 modellndex The modelindex for the trace see below BOOLEAN extendedTi metag True if 16 bits timetag false if 12 bit ti metag TI ME samlingSpeed Sampling speed used if VBT asyncronous sampling UI NT16 setupTriggerPos Trigger position used by setup 0 Start 1 505 2 End 3 259 4 75 UI NT16 setupSamplingMode Setup sampling mode used for trace window header UI NT16 formatScale Scale value for waveform used when file was saved UINT16 formatFlag Indicates if global decoding was on in an alphan trace TRACE FILE HEADER Trace file header ID define TRACE FILE ID BusView TRACE V I DD C D DIT ILI P LM f EERE NT Possible models indexes 8x aae R Ringen R E Eus ule go doge giae ER RT Rote aena a E S e define MODIDX VME 1 define MODIDX VSB 2 define MODIDX SCSI 3 define MODI DX TI MVMENO 8 define MODI DX TI MVME 9 define MODI DX TI MSCSI 10 define MODIDX VX 14
134. as a plug in card for a specific bus conforming to the logical electrical and mechanical specification of the target bus The primary use of a Bus Analyzer is to monitor the activity on a back plane bus and provide a trace of bus cycles between modules on the bus presenting this as alphanumeric trace lists or as wave forms on a PC or an ASCII terminal This is done without connecting and configuring large numbers of probes to the back plane a time consuming and error prone process necessary with general purpose logic analyzers Statistics analysis in bus systems are also an important application for bus analyzers The basic idea behind bus analyzers is that the analyzer is hard wired to capture the protocol of the target bus thereby reducing the need for the user to understand all the details of the bus protocol in order to perform meaningful analysis of activity in the target system This offers the user maximum productivity and convenience during development debugging testing and verification of bus based computer systems VMETRO is a company totally committed to building the finest Bus Analyzers and is recognized in development labs around the world as providing superior tools for developers and manufacturers of bus based computer equipment VMETRO has been building bus analyzers for more than 14 years resulting in four generations of VME Bus Analyzers and now the third generation of PCI bus analyzers the PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer and
135. atile RAM memory on the board This command will cause all user setups to be lost and all settings will be reset to defaults Use this command if a fatal software crash has occurred e g if the operation of the user interface does not behave correctly etc User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 23 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 2 Installation Jumper J8 In case of a total hang up of the analyzer software the non volatile memory may need to be cleared by removing jumper J8 Do as follows Shut down the system and turn off the power Locate the backup battery jumper J8 as shown in Chapter 11 Move the jumper from the original left position to the other right position and let it remain there for a few seconds Then move the jumper back When the power is re applied the tracer firmware should start as normal and it will display the message Non volatile memory lost on the status line 2 6 Accessories Part Number VMETRO offers a complete set of cable accessories that will help the user to take full advantage of the PBT X 515 For connection to a terminal PC or workstation various RS232 cables are available A special cable is designed for use with External Power Supplies Manufacturer VMETRO Description 401 PBT USB USB cable 401 PBTM USB USB cable for the PBTM 515 401 PBT 232 PC Cable RS 232 Micro DB9M DB9F X 3m 9ft
136. ation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference 6 11 3 Master Menu zs The Last Command tool bar button opens the last used dialog box from the The Last Master or the Local menus i e if the user has run the DMA command Command tool pressing the Last Command button reopens the DMA dialog box bar button 6 11 3 1 Display The Display command allows the user to dump either PCI Memory space PCI I O space or PCI Configuration space in 256Byte blocks for display Master menu Select Display from the Master menu and the dialog box in Figure 6 12 appears PCI Exerciser Master Display Figure 6 12 Master Display Command 136 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Exerciser prompt 6 Commands Reference a PCI Exerciser olx PCI d 88001888 m b 88801888 888868001 88880882 88880885 88888888 80001018 00000018 00000020 08000058 680088880 80001020 66060166 60000200 66060406 0880888888 888018380 80881088 66662666 888058880 888088880 r eee 88801848 80818088 66626666 88850888 888888880 80001050 00100008 60200000 00500008 688808880 80001060 01000008 62606060 040000888 08888888 800010780 10000008 20000080 46060606
137. ation of applications inside fully operational system environments typically require use of the Accumulate mode to achieve the desired measurements User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 103 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 5 PXMEM8M PB Extended Memory 5 PXMEM8M PB EXTENDED MEMORY 5 1 PXMEM8M PB Extended Memory The PXMEMSM PB offers 8 Msamples of expanded trace buffer for the PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer with 32 or 64 bit PCI capability up to 33 MHz This unit uses the trigger and store qualifiers as defined in the PBT 515 and offers either CLOCK or TRANSFER sampling modes A hardware search feature is implemented to speed up searches for cycles of interest in the very deep trace buffer Figure 5 1 The PXMEMSM PB 5 2 Triggering The PXMEMSM PB can trigger on two signals the trigger output from the PBT 515 PBTtrg and external input number 4 If a more complex trigger is required set up the trigger condition for the PBT 515 and make the PKMEM8M PB trigger on PBTtrg 104 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 5 PXMEM8M PB Extended Memory XPCI Event Patterns PBTtrg EXT4 AnyThing XPCI6 XPCI1 Figure 5 2 The XPXI Event Pattern window 5 3 External Inputs The PXMEMSM PB has 8 external in
138. atistics module containing a number of real time counters controlled by the event word recognizers This allows the user to gather many different kinds of data as to how the traffic on the PCI bus behaves and to spot uneven distribution of system load and other symptoms that may represent performance bottlenecks 3 6 6 64 bits Support 64 bits address cycles and 64 bits data transfers are fully supported by the analyzer part of the PBT X 515 In order to specify 64 bits address or data in the Event Patterns set the PCI bus width to 64 bit in the Edit Sampling Mode Sampling Options dialog box and then select 64 bit mode in the dialog box appearing when double clicking on either the Dat a or the Address field See Section 4 5 2 and Section 6 2 9 1 In some 32 bits PCI systems the signals REQ64 and ACK64 are not connected to pull up resistors as required by the 2 1 PCI specification These signals are used by the sampling circuitry on the analyzer when sampling 64 bits data transfers To avoid the sampling problems these floating signals might cause an internal control signal is used by the sampling circuitry to ignore the state of REQ64 andACK64 in 32 bits systems User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 39 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation 4 OPERATION 4 1 Window Elements and Commands Menu bar Pull downs Dialog box Too
139. burst cycles and the start of burst cycles both as triggers and store qualifiers and to visualize bursts in the trace In TRANSFER mode a function similar to the Burst bit can be achieved by triggering on both F RAME and RDY active Beware of the fact that by using FRAME RDY and the Si ze field in the trigger condition in TRANSFER mode it is possible to specify triggers which can never occur on the bus The St ar t mnemonic shown in Table 7 6 below is only valid with AD32 burst cycles in TRANSFER mode not TRANSFER DETAILS User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 7 Signal Reference Jn ae ee 4 B JE odios d Sat f 0 0 Table 7 6 The Burst field 7 11 6 Wait The Wait field is only valid in TRANSFER mode and indicates the number of wait states from the address phase to the first data phase and between the data phases in a burst transaction i e the latency in the transaction Without decoding default Number of wait states With decoding Time in number of wait cycles multiplied with the PCI clock period Note When a Store qualifier is used the Wai t field is not valid in the trace and will be displayed as a User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 191 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE
140. by the commandTrace Halt All utton 6 4 5 Show PCI To see the contents of the trace buffer if the trace was manually halted use the The Show PCI command The command will bring up the Trace Display window Show toolbar for the currently selected Target This window has its own set of commands button s described in Section 6 9 6 4 6 Sampling Status ASampling Status box appears on the window when the Trace Run command is executed indicating the target bus and the analyzer status See Figure 6 4 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 115 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Sampling Status ofl x Target Status PCI Waiting for Trigger Halt All Show RLI Figure 6 4 The Sampling Status dialog box In order to access other commands during sampling the Sampling Status box may be hidden with the Hi de button Note 1 The Sampling Status box may be hidden permanently from the Utilities User Interface Options dialog box Note 2 The sampling status is also shown on the status line as explained in Section 4 1 6 5 Setups Menu The Setups commands are used to initialize store delete or retrieve user defined setups of event patterns and Sequencer programs stored in the Non Volatile Memory on the analyzer The number of storable setups vary with the complexity of the setups but at least 50 setups with fo
141. characters are lost when changing terminal etc A question mark brings up the Help screens These can also be activated by the Hel p command in the main command bar 8 1 1 1 Keyboard Control Within Dialog Boxes TAB Space CR ESC or 192 Pressing the TAB key makes the cursor move from one editable field to the next Alternatively the cursor keys can be used Pressing the Space key makes a selection pressing CR will only close the dialog box Press CR to close the dialog when finished Press the ESC key or a to close the dialog box without editing or select the Cancel button and press CR User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 8 Terminal User Interface 8 1 2 Screen Categories The user interface is based on three different screens e The Setup screen e The Trace Display screen The Statistics screen PCI Exerciser screen Quit Statistics Trace Display screen lt Setup screen lt Statistics screen Trace Show Quit Esc N F1 Figure 8 1 Switching between the different screens 8 1 3 Setup Screen The Setup screen contains the same menu items as the BusView Setup screen except for the Window and the File items The next sections cover the differences including some very useful short cut keys 8 1 3 1 Trace Run F5 or Ctrl R Short cut for the command Tr ace Run Sho
142. ciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Exerciser prompt Example 1 Explanation 6 Commands Reference Figure 6 27 The result of the Test command in the Exerciser window The following command format is used to execute the Test command from the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI t lt start_addr gt lt end_addr gt lt value gt lt repeat gt lt addr_space gt lt data_size gt lt cycle_type gt lt local_addr gt The arguments are described in Table 6 10 start_addr PCI hexadecimal start address of pee end addr PCI hexadecimal end address of plus T value Can either be a hexadecimal value to use as fixed pattern or z walking zero pattern o walking one pattern s address as data r random data 2 use data in local addr repeat Number of repetitons 0 is forever A new data value is generated for each repetition To stop the test hit ESC addr space PCI address space m PCI Memory space i PCI I O space pT MAYS a a Valid values are 1 2 or 4 bytes 4 cycle_type Single or Burst cycle s Single cycle b Burst cycle Mem commands only local addr Local memory address of data pattern 0 Table 6 10 The arguments of the Test command PCI t 30001000 300fffff o 32 m 4 b t Test command 30001000 PCI start address 300fffff PCI end address o Walking One pattern 32 repeat 32 times 4 4 b
143. com 1 Getting Started wit BusView ioj x File Edit Script faster Target nterupts Loca Options Utilities Window Help FSEESEZ TIER sur PCI Exerciser Iof x PCI 1d 8 80880080 80080488 052008d8 06110868 8a888c88 P 80800018 068000230 04000220 08868008 08808010 8 80880020 20080028 03100140 682089b8 82020be8 P 9 8 80800038 18080040 00100330 00608018 808108010 9 8 80800040 8800cO9F8 00108e40 02608028 02220288 p 3 800080058 602420020 03300220 66616286 012001a8 B 8 80888860 02088020 80b805c8 62126286 88861288 0 88800078 01400010 66400616 618660066 62466800 G 66666686 08200830 02050000 66166a36 085808818 8 P 66666696 08080210 08000000 864866a6 12088228 H 8080800238 02700350 08001a20 68146326 62466b30 P p 8 808800b8 88000068 08600808 81020008 08888938 h a weus du 8880800c8 01800880 08800520 00500542 01220280 B Q9 666666d6 88200910 01000208 66666166 667660146 a p 800000e8 02200850 81800798 56616216 11050590 P P 800808f8 08880040 88000898 66266626 88C880h8 3 4 PCI Target None DMA Latency Timer 0 Cacheline 0 Parity Checking Gener LJ PCI 38 3MHz 32 Figure 1 6 The Exerciser window The Exerciser can be operated from the menu bar the tool bar or by typing commands at the Exerciser
144. completion The next bus master that has been granted ownership of the bus has to detect when both F RAME and RDY are de asserted before it can start its transaction 7 3 System Pins CLK RST PME CLOCK provides timing for all transactions on PCI and is an input to every device All signals except the interrupt signals are sampled on the rising edge of CLK The Reset signal forces all PCI configuration registers state machines and output drivers to an initialized state R ST may be asserted both synchronously and asynchronously to the PCI CLK edge The Power Management Event signal is an optional signal that can be used by a device to request a change in the device or system power state The assertion and deassertion of PME is asynchronous to CLK The use of this pin is specified in the PCI Bus Power Management Interface Specification 7 4 Address and Data Pins ap 31 0 The PCI bus uses a multiplexed architecture meaning that the address and data busses are multiplexed on the same PCI pins A transaction consists of one address phase followed by two or more data phases User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 185 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 7 Signal Reference c BE 3 0 PAR The Bus Command and the Byte Enables are multiplexed on the same pins During the address phase the type of transaction is defined
145. cursor marked x one step or time division By default one step is one sample The scale of the axis can be changed by selecting c al e from the For mat menu or from the tool bar but the time step remains one sample 30ns The up and down keys select the signal fields Moves around with scroll bars at the sides of the waveform window The J ump tools work the same way as in alphanumeric mode except for two additional options The additional options are for jumping to two user positioned markers See the Section about setting markers below The Edge Jumping tools are available from the Search menu or from the tool bar The user can choose whether to search for a falling edge a rising edge or any edge both forwards and backwards To search for a rising edge in the forward direction mark the desired signal s and select Next Edge from the Search menu or the tool bar after first havingsetRi si ng Edge intheEdge Options dialog box also available form the Sear ch menu If several signals are marked the search will stop at the first rising edge in the selection of signals For busses the edge option is ignored For editing of the waveform window see the section about editing under alpha numeric mode Section 4 8 1 1 4 8 2 2 Setting Markers Y Z marker Moving the X marker 88 By default two markers are positioned on top of each other in the waveform window They are the T marker which shows the trigger line and t
146. cut tab of the dialog box In the example below the parameter file is called COMI ini but any name can be used When BusView is started it will save the communication parameters COM port baud rate etc and all other necessary information that cannot be common to other sessions of BusView in the parameter file Parameter files can be found directly under the Windows or Winnt directory after BusView has created them To make another session make a copy of the BusView icon open the properties dialog box and use another name for the parameter file In this way one can have one desktop icon for each available serial port in the PC USB can be used but only for one session of BusView 42 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation If the BusView icon has been deleted from the desktop look it up using the Explorer in the Start Menu directory and open the properties dialog box from there BusView Properties 24x General Shortcut P A WHE TBO BusView Target type Application Target location BusView Target C Program FilesBusViewBusview exe COM1 ini Start in CAPROGRA 1 BUSVIEWSDATA Shortcut key N one Run Normal window Find Target Change Icon Cancel Apply Figure 4 2 Multiple sessions of BusView 4 4 User Interface Structure The PBT X
147. d to PCI memory starting from PCI address 0x0 Abort Press the Quit button at the bottom of the PCI Exerciser window or any of the operation Q g Esc or keys to abort the Load command 6 11 5 4 Load Local Memory from File Data files previously generated with the Save or Local Save commands can be loaded into Local User Memory using the Local Load command 170 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Local menu Exerciser prompt Example 1 Abort operation 6 Commands Reference Select Load Memory from File from the Local menu and a dialog box requesting a file name appears Select the file to load and press the OK button The dialog box in Figure 6 48 appears PCI Exerciser Local Load Memory from myfile drd Start address E0000 End address eeerrr Cancel Figure 6 48 Local Load command The following command format is used to execute the Local Load command from the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI ls lt start_addr gt lt end_addr gt A dialog box asking for a file name appears after CR is entered PCI ll 0 fff In the above example see Figure 6 48 0x1000 bytes of data will be loaded from the file myfile drd to Local User Memory starting from local address OxO Press the Quit button at the bottom of the PCI Exerciser window or any of the Q q
148. d TA in the display 6 11 4 2 Local Modify Local menu 164 The Local Modify command displays data with data size 1 2 or 4 bytes at a given local user address and optionally allows Local User Memory modification The user may type in a value to replace the existing value or jump to and display the contents of the next or another PCI address inside the current Local User Address space The local memory addresses range from address 0x0 to Ox7FFFFF Use hexadecimal values to modify the local memory Select Modify from the Local menu and the dialog box in Figure 6 39 appears PCI Exerciser Local Modify Memory 1m AGAB 1 aa aa 45 Figure 6 40 The result of the Local Modify command in the Exerciser window User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Exerciser prompt Example 1 Explanation 6 Commands Reference The following command format is used to execute the Local Modify command from the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI lm lt addr gt lt data_size gt The arguments are described in Table 6 16 Description Default Lo eee NEN to modify E Re eee ee Valid values are 1 2 or 4 bytes 4 Table 6 16 The arguments of the Local Modify command Once the Local Modify command has been executed the data is displayed in the PCI Exerciser window Buttons at the bottom of the window
149. d below Abort Press the Quit button at the bottom of the PCI Exerciser window or any of the operation Q g Esc or keys to abort the Save command 6 11 5 2 Save Local Memory to File The Local Save command enables the user to save Local User Memory to file Local menu Select Save Memory to File from the Local menu and a dialog box asking for a file name appears Select a file and press the OK button The dialog box in Figure 6 45 appears 168 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Exerciser prompt Example 1 Abort operation 6 Commands Reference PCI Exerciser Local Save Memory to myfile drd Lx Start address 006000 End address eeerra cancer Figure 6 45 Local Save command The following command format is used to execute the Local Save command from the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI ls lt start_addr gt lt end_addr gt A dialog box requesting a file name appears after CR is entered PCI Is 0 fff In the above example see Figure 6 45 The PCI Exerciser will read the Local User Memory from start address 0x0 to end address OxFFF inclusive and save the data to the file myfile drd The file is on standard ASCII format and can be read in any text editor It is also possible to edit the file manually but be careful not to change the length or the format of
150. d trace 4 7 3 Open Sequencer 68 The Sequencer is opened in one of three ways e Double click in the Sequencer window e SelectOpen Sequencer fromthe Edi t menu e Press the TAB key User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation The warning in Figure 4 38 appears Press the OK button Editing the Sequencer implies leaving Single Event mode Figure 4 38 Leaving Single Event mode 4 7 3 1 Return to Single Event Mode Returning to Single Event mode is done in one of three ways e Press the DEL key anywhere in the Sequencer window e Select Cut fromthe Edi t menu e Press the Cut button at the tool bar The Cut e Initialize the setup by selecting ni ti al i ze fromthe Setups menu Be aware of that this will also initialize the Event Patterns window tool bar button The three first methods opens a pull down menu in the Sequencer where one of the options is Set Single Event mode 4 7 4 Edit Sequencer After opening the Sequencer according to Section 6 9 1 the Sequencer is editable from the tool bar the menu bar and with the DEL and INS keys Change e Double click on the keyword TRANSFER sampling Or mode e Select the Keyword TRANSFER and press CR A pop up menu with the sampling modes TRANSFER and TRANSFER DEATILS appear Select the desired sampling mode Note Changing sam
151. de A dte od echa E A R einens 128 9 5 3 Dalete Marker Y accede berto dien iie u beue hii gira ace 128 6 9 5 4 MRIIIRuEuai dc aiaa 128 Bl 128 NIU WI EL M 128 610 F TRUD RR IRE T RR 129 6 10 12 CONNUS I 129 6 LO T3 a aa ee 129 6 10 15 Imm diate Statt necne E 129 6 10 15 Start On lu CF isss iesenii o0 129 5 10 2 F ncton MU aie te od et hcg n E E 129 6 10 21 Event Countin Sisson tna u ie od ui Dg ase carne 129 519 2 2 Bus EH ZW cts sige kae Hao eee eee val de a E Eeri 130 6 10 2 3 B s Transfer B alis io odsele edd p RENI D ppddu pedi DM Md ME 130 6 10 24 H s Profile dass siye gout inda eea alo pas E anc UN bx Esa de E PAS VOR RER 130 6 10 3 Burst Pire o ET H 130 6 10 4 Command Distribution eode tis thng nta HU ERR o PPM UR Red IHR BE INE RM d Vac NK Bn aep ta 130 01O SOPHOS EP 130 B 19 5 TOES DOE ERIS nc hare docte ontario psa ers societa ea ene duae 131 610 5 Time History CODE Beute ineno ioa adds easain bius dO eM o ose 131 6 10 53 Bar Markers ocres var erepta opea eua o Rep ocvUd eut oc a RUHK 131 6 1054 Graph Display Options uiii notice deban deste eee Ras oUr doce eS abuses Edid 131 6105S Ri Mr E 132 0 10 5 8 Maximum SCSIB eiie ber ripae eire iie ea enon cues Deed ue 132 GLU 7 Co nt Ons Em 132 6 10 5 9 Select BV Cite P 133
152. designed intended or authorized for use as components in systems intended to support or sustain life or for any application in which failure of the VMETRO product could create a situation where personal injury or death may occur Should Buyer purchase or use VMETRO products for any such unintended or unauthorized application Buyer shall indemnify and hold VMETRO and its officers employees subsidiaries affiliates and distributors harmless against all claims costs damages and expenses and reasonable attorney fees arising out of directly or indirectly any claim of personal injury or death associated with such unintended or unauthorized use even if such claim alleges that VMETRO was negligent regarding the design or manufacture of the part User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com USA Europe Asia VMETRO Inc 1880 Dairy Ashford Suite 535 HOUSTON TX 77077 USA Tel 281 584 0728 Fax 281 584 9034 Email info vmetro com VMETRO asa Brynsveien 5 0667 OSLO Norway Tel 47 22 10 60 90 Fax 47 22 10 62 02 Email info vmetro no http www vmetro com User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com The Bus Analyzer concept A Bus Analyzer is a pre configured logic analyzer designed
153. diting Used as a trigger condition the edited event will cause the PBT X 515 to trigger for bus cycles where the event pattern is equal to the edited event Used as a store qualifier the PBT X 515 will store all cycles with the edited pattern and skip all others File Edit Trace Statistics Exerciser Setups Utilities Window Help EI IEILITHEIESE ESSE TIS PCI Setup ml xi PCI Event Patterns Event Size Burst Command fiddress Data BE Status Err INTx Ext74 AnyThing x x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX x XX XXXX XXXX PCI6 X x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX x XX XXXX XXXX PCI1 z AD32 x x LLSPELLA XXXXXXXX XXXX x XX XXXX XXXX PCI2 i o X x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX x XX XXXX XXXX PCI3 a xX x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX x XX XXXX XXXX PCI Sequencer Single Event Mode Sampling in TRANSFER mode Store ALL If PCI1 then Trigger at START of trace a PCI 66 7MHz 32 Figure 4 12 Editing a signal field 4 5 1 2 Field Options Most fields have a dialog box for selection of predefined values assert negation and other field options Select for instance the Si z e field and double click on the left mouse button or type CR The dialog box in Figure 4 13 is displayed Select the preferred choice and press the OK button or double click on the preferred choice A mnemonic will be displayed in the Si z e field 54 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumenta
154. e Store ALL If AnyThing then Trigger at START of trace PCI 33 3MHz 32 Figure 4 26 Leaving Single Event mode The default Sequencer program has the same contents as Single Event mode but it has changed appearance All lines start with a number and a letter The number refers to the fact that the Sequencer is a state machine with 16 only 15 user editable possible states This is described thoroughly in Section 4 7 2 which means that the number indicates which state the Sequencer is in The letter indicates line number within each state PCI Sequencer 1 a Sampling in mode 1 b Store ALL 1 c If ANYTHING then 1 d Trigger at START of trace Figure 4 27 The default Sequencer program All If operators are inserted with the default event expression ANYTHING To change this double click on ANYTHING or single click and press CR The dialog box in Figure 4 28 appears Press the down cursor key J to get the menu over possible events to insert Select Addr1 and press the OK button User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 63 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation ioj xj ui BusView File Edit Trace Statistics Exerciser Setups Utilities Window Help DMO Sees PCI Current Setup B x NTx Ext74 NOT Pennt Nattnune gj Event Expression x Event Si AnyThing x Addr
155. e 2 6 USB cable for the PBTM 515 sse tenente tenente enter tenennenene 18 Figure 2 7 Serial connection between the PC and the PBT 515 sssssssseeee 19 Figure 2 8 Serial connection between the PC and the PBTM 515 sss 19 Figure 2 9 The BusView Communication Parameters seen 20 Figure 2 10 Warning message ertet tenente tenente tenentes entes tentent 20 Figure 2 11 The start up menu ssssssseseseeeeeeee tenente tenente tete tenente nte S R E E aE a EaR RRE EEE 22 Figure 2 12 Terminal s lections etie tm heic e E E A SEEE 23 Figure 3 1 An overview of the PBT 515 sse ttem enne 25 Figure 3 2 An overview of the PBTM 515 sse tenerent tenente tenerent 26 Figure 3 3 The sampling modes etii nie eter re Hebr eee tes ce eie erai 31 Figure 3 4 Block diagram of the PCI Analyzer essent tetenennenene 33 Figure 3 5 The external input pins on the PBT 515 ssssssssseeeeeentetene teneret 34 Figure 3 6 The external input pins on the PBTM 515 sss 34 Figure 3 7 Connecting external REQ or GNT signals essere 35 Figure 3 8 A Sequencer program eerte tete et entente este e rper iere ee etre desee detentus 38 Figure 3 9 The circular trace buffer ennt sinasin isss 38 Figure 3 10 The selections of trigger positions esee eterne tenente 39 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 237
156. e Enin 171 Figure 6 49 Run Loop command tenente tenente ennt tenerent tenen tenentis 172 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 12 Appendix Figure 6 50 Target command anise i ee een Se nina 174 Figure 6 51 The result of the Target command in the Exerciser window ss 174 Figure 6 52 Interrupt command sese tenen tenete tete tenerent te tentent 177 Figure 6 53 The result of the Interrupt command in the Exerciser window 177 Figure 6 54 Options command nece tne hic ee ee re Eee RD rhe fone 178 Figure 6 55 The result of the Options command in the Exerciser window 178 Figure 6 56 The arguments of the Speed command sse 181 Fig re 6 57 Print EX6ITCISGE een Ene ERR deer e HR HUM RH ee ertet e eti E Ris 182 Figure 7 1 PCI bus pin istenien ea E E RI ERE RES 184 Figure 8 1 Switching between the different screens sse 193 Figure 8 2 The Save Trace Options dialog box seen 194 Figure 8 3 The Size field dialog box sse ttem entente 194 Figure 8 4 GNT latching using a terminal user interface 197 Figure 8 5 Dump a setup to PC Host sssssseseeeeeeeenente tete tenen tenens 199 Figure 8 6 Non valid file name error message sse tenente te
157. e Exercise command is started This can be done using the Local FillandtheLocal Modify commands See also the Save and Load commands for saving patterns to disk Section 6 11 5 6 11 3 12 Interrupt Acknowledge Master menu Exerciser prompt 158 The Interrupt Acknowledge command generates interrupt acknowledge cycles on the PCI bus Select Interrupt Acknowledge Cycle from the Master menu to run the command The following command format is used to execute the Interrupt Acknowledge command from the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI intack Figure 6 33 shows an example of execution of the Interrupt Acknowledge command User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference PCI Exerciser PCI intack Interrupt vector OxffFFFFFF PCI Figure 6 33 The Interrupt Acknowledge command 6 11 3 13 Special Cycle The Special Cycle command generates special cycles on the PCI bus Master menu Select Special Cycle from the Master menu to run the command Exerciser The following command format is used to execute the Special Cycle prompt command from the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI special lt data gt Figure 6 34 shows an example of execution of the Special Cycle command PCI Exerciser Master Special Cycle Figure 6 34 The Special Cycle command User s Manual PBT 51
158. e PBI K gt 515 contains no firmware Make sure that the PBI X gt 515 TERMINAL port is set to automatic baud rate detection before you proceed Verify this by connecting a terminal Cor use the PC and execute the command Utilities Serial Ports Terminal Change the Baud rate entry to fiuto Type CR and reset the PBT4N5 515 by toggling the Reset switch Figure 10 3 Loading firmware eC 95 Answer y to the question of continuing the installation Select corrcect COM port i e which port that is connected to the serial port of the PBT X 515 PBT CRX gt 515 Firmware Select a number from the menu below that match the COM port which is connected to the TERMINAL port of the PBI X gt 515 1 COM1 2 COM2 B fibort installation COM3 and COM4 are not supported Figure 10 4 Selecting COM port The PBT 515 Analyzer firmware and the PBT 515 Exerciser firmware are upgraded in two steps Select whether the Analyzer firmware and or the Exerciser firmware should be upgraded User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com PBTM 515 10 Firmware Upgrade PBT R gt 515 Upgrade Make a selection 1 Upgrade PBT X5 515 Tracer firmware 2 Upgrade PBTI X gt 515 PCI Exerciser firmware 3 Upgrade All B Abort installation Figure 10 5 Analyzer and or Exerciser upload for the PBT
159. e Page Up key moves the cursor one page up in the PCI Exerciser buffer The Page Down key moves the cursor one page down in the PCI Exerciser buffer There are two history buffers one command line history buffer and one data address history buffer for use in the Local Display and Local Modify commands The TJ keys move up and down in the command history buffer when on the command line and in the data address history buffer when using Local Displayand Local Modify commands The last line in the history buffer is a blank line Use the Ctr 1 T keys to move the cursor up from the command line then use all the cursor keys to move around The Ct r1 keys moves the cursor to the start of the next word The Ct r1 lt keys moves the cursor to the start of the previous current word Select Shift cursor keys selects characters and lines for cutting copying deleting etc Ctrl Shift cursor keys select whole words for cutting copying deleting etc Double clicking on a command line other than current command line selects the whole line Double clicking elsewhere selects the nearest word User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Ctrl c Ctrl v Ctrl x Ctrl a Del BS Esc Insert Clear buffer Ctrl F1 4 Operation Edit The Ct rl c keys copy any highlight
160. e Ro ttes Lun on SU Doro tcs 114 6 54 Jump Previous ETO ensures ra DE teo npe HEU II a 114 6 4 Trace Menu qe 114 DELI R n PEL vicc iu MP a a a R E E 115 6 4 2 Run Multiple ciecie cece a eee bce ed ee cose caalicee ba asees a te REAT RE 115 643 TAN mec T 115 PE MAL eodd ptt qup totis de ta utendi na osse aeu aed t ted 115 Es grad 00a M t en entree oer re ts 115 6 460 Sap Dr Stats a toed cs esicecied on vou adgeaeeaen cece ped pgen s cteasducneieseuet ene eiiie asi 115 6 5 Setups VICI eT H 116 Re M MMU AIAG NENNT mTmM m 116 6 3 2 LT T 116 0 5 3 Tei Ra nano en M 117 XP NRIIC C we T 117 6 5 3 Make Mili ci PT 117 6 6 Utilities Menu 117 6 6 1 Communication sissies eea A EE AE EERE EA Ea 117 Oe UWE MM a care setae aa C T 118 6 6 1 2 NS AT teisse ra EE E E TEE E A R 118 D O LS Port Uncen ira D ontario Een eieae aeres aR iane anaien nc Taaa 118 6 6 2 Update Tracer Firmi Wate scissioni Rao totius ae esiis iekaist 118 6 6 3 Clear Non Volatile Memory sseseeeeeseeseesereseerrrsersresrrssersstsressressrseresrensessresres 118 OOF Trigger Output CIBUOPS aod cubic DEC dacebeadanassdieuccvesedacaaDeciacaseeantexassenee 118 6 6 5 Simulated HardWate iocos a cai oe e
161. e command sess tenentes 157 Figure 6 33 The Interrupt Acknowledge command essere 159 Figure 6 34 The Special Cycle command essent tettntennnens 159 Figure 6 35 The result of the Special Cycle command in the exerciser window 160 Figure 6 36 Config Scan command sissies ence nse eon ese eee 161 Figure 6 37 Local Display command essent tnter nennen entente 162 Figure 6 38 The result of the Local Display command in the Exerciser window 163 Figure 6 39 Local Modify command speni eio ennt tenen tenentes 164 Figure 6 40 The result of the Local Modify command in the Exerciser window 164 Figure 6 41 Local Fill command sess ten entente 166 Figure 6 42 The result of the Local Fill command in the Exerciser window 166 Figure 6 43 Master Save command sese nter EE SEa i Risia 167 Figure 6 44 The result of the Save command in the Exerciser window sess 168 Figure 6 45 Local Save command esee tentent tenente tenen tenens 169 Figure 6 46 Master Load command sse tenente tte tenen enne te ttntenenens 170 Figure 6 47 The result of the Load command in the Exerciser window sss 170 Figure 6 48 Local Load command sese tete tenen enn
162. e statements Example 2 a If PCI2 then 2 b Trigg 3 a Sampling During sampling an arrow gt will mark all lines in the current active state User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation Note that it is not possible to use more than four different event names in the Note Sequencer program at the same time A warning will be given when the fifth event is taken into use There is no limit on how many times one event name can be used in event expressions in the same program The same event may serve both as both as trigger condition s store and count conditions 4 7 5 3 Operators Sampling The Samp i ng operator is used to specify sampling mode The first line in the Sequencer program must always be a Sampl i ng line so this line cannot be deleted The sampling mode can be changed dynamically by entering a new Sampling statement inside the Sequencer program Changing between TRANSFER CLOCK and TRNASACTION has to be done from the Edi t menu Syntax Sampling in Mode mode Parameter The Mode parameter can be selected here as one of TRANSFER TRANSFER DETAILS TI MI NG TRANSACTI ON NO DATA Note A Sampling expression is implicitly valid for all subsequent states in the Sequencer program until superseded by a new Sa mpl i ng condition Store The Store operator is used to achieve filtering of the captured samples A Store expressio
163. ea The Same button is used in the Local Modify and Local Display commands to re display the current address area The Next button is used in the Local Modify and Local Display commands to display the next address area The Quit button are used to terminate all the commands in the Master menu except the DMA commands and Trigger Output Off and all commands in the Local menu except the Local Fill command 4 4 4 1 Prompt Based Command Editing Home The prompt based command interface operates like DOS commands and may be edited and repeated for convenience Previously issued commands may easily be re issued or edited by scrolling in the command buffer with the cursor keys This mode is very effective for experienced users The script engine is also using this mode to play back recorded scripts see Section 6 11 6 All commands may however be accessed from the menu bar Move The Home key moves the cursor to the start of the command line User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 47 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation Ctrl Home End Page Up Page Down TL Ctrl T Ctrl Ctrl Shift gt fe Ctrl Shift gt fe Mouse Selection 48 The Ct rl Home keys move the cursor to the start of the PCI Exerciser buffer The End key moves the cursor to the end of the command line Th
164. eaditul ap iuda 38 3 6 5 Investigating System Performance Statistics Functions sssss 39 3 0 6 64 bits SUPPOTT eC 39 4 1 Window Elements and Commands eere eene e esee eene ee ene tn sensn senatus tnatns 40 4 2 Using BUsSVi W T RE S 41 4 2 Mouse Seo sd et 4 4 2 2 Uy ORE eoi ics NR H 41 4 3 Multiple BusView SessionsS eescoessoessocsssecssccescoceccosesocessccesocesocesooessoeessocesocsscosssssessee 42 AA User Interface Structure e 43 4 4 1 Sep WY WY TERES 43 4 4 2 Traee Display WUKIGW crisoniersseraser sineset E E E EER 45 443 Statistics WINdOW E 45 4 4 4 Exerciser WindoW P 46 4 4 4 1 Prompt Based Command Editing seeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeesersrrsrreserssrrrrrsressrseresee 47 4 4 4 2 PCI Commands Exerciser Examples eene 49 4 4 5 Bus Utilization Meter window 22 cenp autre ornati tu seid bn eina tinea cha dre ind dd pu dua 50 4 5 Event PAGterins ssisess ccsccssies 52 Sl Editie Ev nt A uu usce qase av anecnczeeeccnacentensadecenesasacouecedseoneacanceuviaenqenedes 53 Ol A Edt FC UTS D C 53 T5102 Field CIDDOBS Questia tt pressa fees peris tac Idee Beta qu e eaa ndo o deua neus 54 4 5 1 3 Clearing Contents of Signal Flelds eii qiie io beeto sedente otis 55 4 5 1 4 Hiding Signal Field Columns eeseseeesese
165. ecsesiossavacnisssavssecvesiensvescassseseen OF DED a E e E A E 234 11 2 PBI M S515 sure 234 11 3 Fumper Detalls ssa ss accsscssceceas cnccexanseaessiaxdzcesent cedeccousagessossceenant Gaanssavcncesconceassosecrnestondeests 235 11 3 1 UART Jumper SetllDgSsu ue ete per ette et i cieecetstadeudiasteuavasendeleaiieeds 235 11 3 2 PowerPC Flash EPROM Jumper Settings eere 233 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser xvii Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com CONTENTS A AIS FOF TROUT OS EE D 237 12 2 List OF CAN soie 242 xviii User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com CONTENTS User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser xix Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com rtisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 1 Getting Started 1 GETTING STARTED 1 1 Introduction Throughout this manual the term PBT X 515 will be used when the issue discussed applies to both the PBT 515 and the PBTM 515 The main function of the PBT X 515 is to collect samples of the PCI bus activity into a circular trace buffer and at the same time compare the samples w
166. ecute the Fi 11 command from the prompt PCI Exerciser prompt PCI f lt start_addr gt lt end_addr gt lt value gt lt addr_space gt lt data_size gt lt cycle_type gt lt local_addr gt The arguments are described in Table 6 7 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 143 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Optional start_addr PCI hexadecimal start address of CR esee end addr PCI hexadecimal end address of alls I ARN value Can either be a hexadecimal value to fill into the area or z walking zero pattern o walking one pattern s address as data random data Example 1 Explanation Fill a user defined pattern addr space PCI address space m for PCI Memory space i for PCI I O space ENNIO TENE Valid values are 1 2 or 4 bytes 4 cycle type Single or Burst cycle type s Single b Burst memory commands only Table 6 7 The arguments of the Fill command PCI Exerciser f 24000000 24020000 o m 4 b f Fill command 24000000 PCI start address 24020000 PCI end address o Walking One fill pattern m PCI Memory space b burst cycle The value argument specifies which kind of fill pattern to be used Using value 1 in conjunction with the local_addr argument causes the pattern at local_addr to be used as fill pattern A user defined pattern can be
167. ed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 122 13 Index 254 trace compare 86 115 underlined character 42 jump next error 115 terminal 193 jump previous error 115 undo 72 112 options 115 unit 133 trace compare options 115 update every 103 133 trace decode update tracer firmware 119 PXMEM8M PB 106 upstream Trace Display screen 203 config cycles 162 Trace Display window 46 USB 17 trace driven 92 driver 18 trace file ID 213 user input on Exerciser 121 trace options user interface options 120 terminal 194 user defined names 54 trace signal 129 using help 124 Trace window 3 utilities absolute time 83 bus utilization meter 121 add signals 83 bus utilization meter options 121 relative time 83 clear non volatile memory 119 remove signals 83 communication 118 TRANSACTION sampling 32 reset analyzer 121 transaction time reset Exerciser 122 Bus Utilization 94 selftest 121 TRANSFER DETAILS sampling31 114 simulated hardware 120 TRANSFER sampling 31 specials 122 options 114 transparent mode 200 reset accumulate 104 trigger output options 119 transitions update tracer firmware 119 Sequencer 72 user interface options 120 TRDY 187 ver 181 trigger TI version 181 Exertrg 153 155 VT100 incremented address 27 options 208 trigger cable startup 207 509 BNC 35 XMODEM protocol 203 oscilloscope 35 VT 100 emulator 206 trigger condition 4 8 55 63 VT100 terminal emulator 206 change 198 VT100 EXE 206 default 62 w 141 trigger level
168. ed text on the command line The Copy command is also available from the Edi t menu and from the tool bar The Ctrl v keys pastes the copied text into the command line again The Paste command is also available from the Edit menu and from the tool bar The Ct rl x keys cut any highlighted text from the command line The Cut command is also available from the Edi t menu and from the tool bar The Ct rl a keys select everything in the PCI Exerciser buffer The Select A11 command is also available from the Edit menu The Delete key deletes the current character and moves the rest of the line one character to the left i e it leaves no open space in the position of the deleted character Command line only The BS back space key deletes the character to the left of the cursor position and moves the cursor to this position Command line only The Esc key deletes the command line The Insert key toggles Insert Overwrite mode The cursor underlines the character when in insert mode and covers the character when in overwrite mode Select Clear Buffer from the Edit menu or the tool bar to clear the PCI Exerciser window buffer The history buffer is not cleared in the operation Help Context sensitive help 4 4 4 2 PCI Commands Exerciser Examples The examples below provide one way to generate Memory Write and Invalidate Memory Read Line and Memory Read Multiple cycles on PCI Other combinations of cacheline size
169. ent Patterns window A simple example is A B C The logical AND operator have precedence over the OR operator Brackets can be used to change the order of evaluation A B C A B C but A B C 4A B C due to the order of evaluation The parenthesis around the OR expression forces the OR to be evaluated before the AND 1 A B C A B C 78 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation Negation i e the logical NOT operator can be used on single event names or on sub expressions within brackets The logical NOT operator is always evaluated first 4 7 6 Sequencer Programming Examples 4 7 6 1 Loose and Tight Sequences A loose sequence is defined as a sequence of events bus cycles that simply occur sequentially without any constraints on other events appearing in between For example the events A B C and D come in a loose sequence if they occur mixed with the events X and Y like A gt sa gt B s3 gt xXs3C gt Y 20D The following Sequencer program will trigger on a loose sequence of the events A B C and D l a If A then 2 a If B then 3 a If C then 4 a If D then 4 b Trigger at On the other hand a tight sequence is defined as a sequence of events bus cycles that occur without any other event appearing in between strictly like A gt 8B gt C C gt D
170. er for detailed review of what happened in this period after the trigger cycle Then revert to TRANSFER sampling l a Sampling in TRANSFER mode b Store ALL c Count with reset 10 occurences of PCIO PCI1 then If PCI 2 then i Trigger at START of trace Sampling in CLOCK mode b Delay 760ns then if ANYTHI NG then Sampling in TRANSFER mode SP Ww WwW N N L3 Lr 4 7 6 3 Trigger on Address Range and Data 80 TRANSFER mode de multiplexes the address and data phase in hardware In CLOCK mode triggering on a specific address and data pattern is a bit more complicated since one event must be used to specify the address and another event must be used to specify the data User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation will BusView olx File Edit Trace Statistics Exerciser Setups Utilities Window Help ajajaja lE Siete Bel A BHN PCI Event Patterns Event State C BE AD 31 0 FRAHE DEUSEL IRDY TRDY STOP Ext74 XXXXXXXX 6681 6666 66813FFF XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX PCI Sequencer Sampling in CLOCK mode Store ALL If Address then If Data then Trigger at START of trace ry PCI 33 3MHz 32 Figure 4 41 Sequencer Example 4 8 Trace Display Alphanumeric Waveform The data in the trace display is automatically displayed when the current target has filled
171. eresrtsstrserressrtstrseresresseseeesresss 78 455 5 Edit Event EXpISSSIODS ise ea choc enata tn eter tutu e ea traen hacteuelaeaeesebcetade 78 4 7 6 Sequencer Programming Examples io i cciccdscceaccesetesdedeacieeds caansendaasacdesecwededeaceatcess 79 4 1 6 1 Loose and Tight Sequences usce vnd tertie cni vrac qa e Cutis FR te qd 79 4 7 6 2 Count Delay and Switch Sampling mode sess 80 4 7 6 3 Trigger on Address Range and Data eese 80 SM TP ACE Display ee c nas 81 4 8 1 Alphanumeric Trace Er T 8l 4 8 1 1 Navigation and Signal Selection rene tee rt reti tn reise que 82 4 8 1 2 Absolute or Relative Time in the Trace Window esses 82 ACL Forinatiane ODLIODS ois iet qe adi e tio ai ed E ea 83 4 8 1 4 Changing the Alphanumeric Formatting Template 83 4 8 1 5 Navigating the Trace Buffer in Alphanumeric Mode 84 4 8 1 6 lr pate sssini aini ei i a aei asiassa 85 48 2 Citi PR 87 4 8 2 1 Navigating the Trace Buffer in Waveform Mode sss 87 48 2 2 Setting Markers i sofia a oportet aaga nnii php fea depu que 88 4 8 3 Additional WY TINS youd ta 252 ated usines tenis elo tabla date deus tasa e aste 89 E c dB lunii iun P 90 mh drcum 91 4 9 1 1 Counter Diven scins ti m nine I
172. ernal trigger stp Ignore idle stp Interrupt stp x Cancel Figure 6 1 The Load Predefined Setup dialog box User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Add Setup example 6 1 3 Open E The Open tool bar button 6 1 4 Save EAN The Save tool bar button Binary ASCII 6 1 5 Print The Print tool bar button 6 Commands Reference It is possible for the user to add setups to the list of predefined setups Under the BusView directory structure that was created when BusView was installed on the PC the user may have changed the name to something else there is a directory called Predefined Setups Here all predefined setups for all possible targets are located A predefined setup consists of the actual setup file mysetup stp and an optional file mysetup pdi which contains a description of the setup Both files must have the correct extension stp and pdi to be visible in the Load Predefined Setup dialog box The description file is an ASCII file and can be made in any text editor To add the PBT X 515 setup mysetup stp to the list of predefined setups the following have to be done Save mysetup stp to the directory Busview Predefined Setups PBT 515 Make a text file with a description of the setup name it mysetup pdi and save it to the same direct
173. erted in one operation Hold down the Ctrl key and select the desired signals with the mouse alternatively hold down the Shift key and use the up down cursor keys to select the signals User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 55 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation The same signal can be inserted more than once Inserting many signals may cause the Event Patterns window to become too small A scroll bar will show up at the bottom of the window enabling the user to scroll through all the field columns as shown in Figure 4 15 Insert Signal Figure 4 14 The Insert Signal dialog box PCI Event Patterns Event Size Command Address Data BE Status Err INTx PERR PAR IDSEL Ext38 AnyThing x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX x XX XXXX X x x XXXX PCI8 x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX x XX XXXX X x x XXXX PCI1 x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX x XX XXXX X x x XXXX PCI2 x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX x XX XXXX X x x XXXX PCI3 x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX x XX XXXX X x x XXXX Figure 4 15 Scrolling through the field columns 4 5 1 6 Renaming Deleting Adding and Copying Entire Events Event Name Event Name Figure 4 16 Renaming an event Rename Select an entire event by clicking on the name of it for instance select event PCIO by clicking on the name PCIO The event is highlighted Double click on the name or press CR The Rename Event dia
174. essive ground currents and other undesired effects 2 3 Preparations PBTM 515 PMC Analyzer 2 3 1 Inspection Make sure that the PBTM 515 you have received is according to your purchase order with respect to model With the PBTM 515 you should find the following accessories e A small plastic bag containing an anti ESD wrist wrap A Trigger Output cable with BNC Coax connector for triggering of an oscilloscope or another instrument from the PBTM 515 part number 4945 K 24 e Two thin probe wires Patch chords with test clips part number 4741 24 0 and 4741 24 9 e Rotating Micrograbber test clip part number 5790 0 e RS232 cable for PC part number 401 PBTM 232 e USB cable part number 401 PBTM USB User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 13 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 2 Installation Note A Top Spacer to allow for other PMC modules to be piggybacked on top of the analyzer You should also inspect the board to verify that no mechanical damage appears to have occurred Please report any discrepancies or damage to your distributor or to VMETRO immediately 2 3 2 Power Consumption 14 The PBTM 515 is normally powered from the 5V rails on the PCI bus but it is important to make sure that the power supply to the carrier board has sufficient capacity to supply the PBTM 515 Current consumption is dependent on opera
175. etween the menu bar and the last edited window F6 or Ctrl W Moves cursor to the next editable window Especially handy to switch quickly between the Event patterns and the Sequencer windows or between opened trace windows Del or Ctrl BS Deletes an object A context sensitive dialog box will appear that explains the Ctrl BackSpace delete options at the actual cursor position Ins or Ctrl N Inserts an object A context sensitive dialog box will appear that explains the insert options at the actual cursor position Numeric Keypad When using a VT100 terminal i e terminal type 1 the numeric keypad can be a Je used just as on PC keyboards for cursor movements Note Remember to turn off NUM LOCK 8 1 3 3 Edit Event Patterns The command Edi t Event Patterns moves the cursor into the Event Patterns window The user may fill in event patterns as binary hexadecimal or mnemonic values in the various signal fields in any of the predefined event patterns except AnyThing which is unalterable The user may delete or insert new event patterns and signal fields New event patterns may be given user defined names By inserting and or deleting signal field columns the sequence of the signal field columns may be altered PF2 or F2 will move the cursor between the menu bar and the last edited window Initially the last edited window is the Event Patterns window so typing lt F2 gt is an alternative way of moving the cursor to this w
176. f 2 The maximum size is 0x800000 the minimum size is 0x1000 move ireg Placement of the internal registers in the Exerciser d don t move u map internal registers to the upper 0x1000 bytes of the target window map internal registers to the lower 0x1000 bytes of the target window a map internal registers to the first 0x1000 bytes after the target window b map internal registers to the first 0x1000 bytes before the target window Table 6 19 The arguments of the Target command Table 6 20 Valid values of the size argument Example 1 PCI target 1 80000000 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 175 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Explanation Example 2 Explanation Status line information Warning Target enabled at power up J19 target Target command 1 enable a target window 80000000 PCI base address PCI target 0 target Target command 0 disable the target window The status line at the bottom of the BusView window displays the current target window status 1 e if a target window is enabled and its size and base address The same information can be found by simply typing target at the PCI Exerciser prompt A single mouse click in the target field on the status line moves the PCI Exerciser window to the front A double click opens the Target command dialog box
177. f the target bus this mode should be left running for a while to collect a reasonable number of samples The necessary time depends on the size and nature of the bus traffic to be analyzed For small repetitive programs it will be sufficient with only a few traces while larger programs may require a substantial number of traces to give an accurate reading The following statistics modes are trace driven e Bus Transfer Rate User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 91 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation e Bus Profile e Burst Distribution e Command Distribution 4 9 2 Event Counting The principle Select events Session Run 92 The Event Counting statistics is selected under Functions Event Counting or by pressing the Event Counting button at the tool bar and allows statistical measurements to be taken using both CLOCK and TRANSFER sampling methods For instance in TRANSFER mode Event Counting is very useful for counting the occurrences of different types of cycles like IO read Memory write etc The four counters discussed in Section 4 9 1 1 count the occurrences of four user selectable events The events are defined in the Event Patterns window The results are displayed in a histogram or optionally a time history diagram The Event Counting histogram is shown in Figure 4 50 Various options exist regarding count
178. f the time tag counter is stored in separate bits in the trace buffer together with each sample allowing the time to be displayed either as relative time between samples or as absolute time from the trigger point The time tag is calculated for each data sample Time tags are calculated in all sampling modes There is also a latency counter counting the time from F RAME goes active until the target responds with TRDY latency or response time This is Target Latency as defined in the PCI specification The latency is implemented in the Trace Display window in the Wai t field as explained in Section 7 11 6 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 33 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 3 Functional description PCI Clock The PBT X 515 will automatically measure the actual clock rate of the PCI bus Rate Detection This figure is displayed on the of BusView 3 6 1 1 External Inputs Example 34 There are 8 external inputs available at the front panel of the PBT X 515 marked X0 X7 These signal pins correspond to the Ext 7 0 in the Event Patterns and Trace Display windows In addition to the 8 external inputs there are 3 ground pins marked G and one trigger output marked Trig available The trigger output is described in Section 6 6 4 SIGNAL PINs Figure 3 5 The external input pins on the PBT 515 GND PINs co Reset rens
179. ferent setups for different measurement tasks and store these on various files Before a new setup can be used for a trace capture select the setup and choose Setups Make Current When BusView is physically connected to a PBT X 515 only PCI can be selected If no tracer is connected off line it is also possible to select setups for other busses like VMEbus VSB etc This is because BusView can also be used with the VBT 325 VMEbus Analyzer from VMETRO 6 1 2 Load Predefined Setup 108 The Load Predefined Setup command displays the dialog box in Figure 6 1 where the user can select between a series of setups tailored for different analyses purposes For example to trigger on an address range load the setup Address range stp or if the boot sequence of the PC is to be invetigated load the setup called PCI boot stp A description on each of the setups are displayed on the right side of the dialog box when the setup of interest is highlighted with the mouse or the cursor keys Load Predefined Setup x Target Description PCI z Trigger on Waitstates and any Transfer on PCI Eile Name This setup shows how to trigger on a particular type of wait state such as Target and Initiator wait It also has an event that will trigger on the first PCI access after PCI B4bit stp dii Analyzer has begun sampling Address range stp Arbitration stp Burst stp Crosstrigger stp Data error stp DEVSEL width stp Ext
180. ffer e With the mouse and the cursor keys e With the ump tools e With the Search tools There are scroll bars at the sides of the trace buffer for moving around and everything can be selected with a single mouse click The right and left keys select signal fields and the up and down keys scroll the buffer The J ump tools are available both at the ump menu and at the tool bar The ump tools can take you to the first line the last line the trigger line and to a user specified line The Search tools are available both at the Search menu and at the tool bar The Search commands offer powerful search and extract functions Search locates a particular pattern in the trace buffer while Extract provides a qualified presentation of samples from the trace buffer so that only samples matching the specified pattern are displayed When selecting the Search tools for the first time the Edi t Search Pattern is the only available option i e the other commands can only be executed after a valid search pattern has been defined The Search Extract edit window supports a subset of the functionality in the Event Patterns window Most keys function as in the Event Patterns window with these exceptions The names of the Search and Extract events cannot be changed Neither of these events can be deleted No new events can be inserted All other functions and keys are supported After editing the Search pattern select Search from the Search menu
181. fferent Signal Templates Changing the sampling mode from CLOCK to TRANSFER or TRANSACTION mode or vice versa changes how the event patterns are displayed The Event patterns window for the two modes are displayed in Figure 4 21 and Figure 4 22 PCI Event Patterns Size Burst Command Address Data Status Err INTx Ext75 AnyThing EE x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX PCI6 D OX xX x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXK XXXX PCIT1 D OX XX x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX PCI2 Xx XX x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX PCI3 Xx XX x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX State C BE AD 31 6 AnyThing FR xxx XXXXXXXX PCI6 OX XXXX XXXXXXXX PCI1 T X XXXX XXXXXXXX PCI2 ze oe XXXX XXXXXXXX PCI3 OX XXXX XXXXXXXX Figure 4 22 The Event Pattern Template CLOCK mode PCI Event Patterns Event Size Burst Command Address Data BE Status Err INTx Ext74 AnyThing Px x XXXXXXXX XXXX PCI6 e X x x XXXXXXXX XXXX PCI1 W x x XXXXXXXX XXXX PCI2 PD OX x x XXXXXXXX XXXX PCI3 D OX x x XXXXXXXX XXXX Figure 4 23 The Event Pattern template TRANSACTION mode User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 59 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation 4 6 Single Event Mode The default state of the Sequencer is Single Event mode Single Event mode is the simplest way of using the tracer to trigger on an event by simply pointing at the desired event in the Event Patterns
182. filled into the local user memory area starting with local addr before the Fill command is started This can be done using the Local Fill andthe Local Modify commands See also the Save and Load commands for saving patterns to disk Section 6 11 5 6 11 3 5 DMA 144 The DMA Direct Memory Access command initiates a DMA transfer between a PCI target and the PCI Exerciser Local User Memory The DMA command may take an argument specifying that the DMA transfer should loop forever transferring the same block in an endless loop This option is effective for creating heavy traffic on the PCI bus User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Note 1 The DMA command runs in the background therefore the PCI prompt returns after starting of the DMA transfer and other commands can be entered without having to wait for the DMA transfer to finish Note that in order to be minimize the time between the DMA transfers when using a repeat count bigger than one a repeat count of zero DMA forever should be used 3 DMA The PBT 515 has 3 DMA channels available to the user which means that 3 channels different DMA transfers can be running at the same time in addition to other user commands Note 2 A DMA transfer can be aborted by running the DMA abort command described in Section 6 11 3 6 The DMA
183. for record 201 The record width is not calculated because the software needs to read the whole trace buffer and find out how much it can be packed to calculate it Run length packed trace buffer data is packed on the basis of trace buffer lines that follows the size of the Runs parameter is 2 bytes Runs Data 1 65536 Trace line data to be repeated Runs times The Main Header has the data fields shown in Table 9 2 The nhLastRunScrPad field is shown in Table 9 1 The nhLastRunScrPad for PCI only 12 first bytes used Name offield Size bytes FLAGS NPCI TDWODTR 0x00000800L Target disconnect w o data and target retry cycles are included NPCI 64BIT 0x00001000L Tracer in 64 bits bus NPCI GNTLTCH 0x00002000L EXT3 0 are latched and shown as GNT NPCI PERREN 0x00004000L If set parity cycles only are not stored If cleared they are not stored Latency counter mode used in trace Only valid value is 2 FRAME to TRDY UINT32 TtBase Time tag and latency count in ps UINT32 BusSpeed Bus speed in KHz Table 9 1 The nhLastRunScrPad field User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 213 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 9 Trace File Format Main Header Size bytes char nITag 10 FLAGS nlLastRunFlags Trace control flags NF TIMETAG 0xx00010000 Time tag used NF TAGI6 0x00020000 16 bts time tag NF XMEMADJ 0x01000000 XMEM tag BYTE nh
184. g histograms of various bus activity When sampling the PCI bus the PBT X 515 stores a 128 bits sampling word full 64 bit PCI 8 external signals time tags and utility bits into the Trace Memory User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 3 Functional description CLK FRAME AD 31 0 C BE 3 0 IRDY TRDY DEVSEL BURSTLEN CLOCK TRANSFER TRANSFER DETAILS TRANSACTION Figure 3 3 The sampling modes including TRANSFER DETAILS a special case of TRANSFER sampling Each arrow indicates where the sample is stored in the trace memory L indicates latching of information which is stored at the next arrow 3 5 1 CLOCK Sampling CLOCK sampling stores one sample per PCI clock cycle as shown in Figure 3 3 capturing all the details of how the PCI bus is exercised clock cycle by clock cycle Both 32 and 64 bits systems are supported CLOCK mode is most suitable for hardware oriented problems where information about the bus protocol is important 3 5 2 TRANSFER Sampling De multiplexing TRANSFER sampling stores one sample per valid Dat a and Address phase as shown in Figure 3 3 Both 32 and 64 bits systems are supported TRANSFER mode is most suitable for software oriented problems where information about the bus traffic is important In TRANSFER mode the analyzer latches and stores
185. ger position directly in the Sequencer program Note that it is only possible to change sampling mode betweeen TRANSFER and TRANSFER DETAILS directly in the Sequencer Changing sampling mode to CLOCK has to be done from the tool bar or from the Edi t menu 4 7 1 Tutorial The easiest way of understanding the Sequencer is to define an example program and explain it step by step User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 61 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation Trigger condition Define events 62 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Consider a software routine that goes like this If asz b Write to Addr1 Read from Addr2 yelse if a c Write to Addrl Read from Addr3 Read from Addr2 else What happens after the Read from Addr2 when a equals b and only then Obviously it is not sufficient to make a single event trigger on Read from Addr2 since this also occurs in the second branch when a equals c So we need to define a trigger condition as a series of events made up of a write access towards Addrl immediately followed by a read access from Addr2 The Sequencer program in Figure 4 25 will do exactly this Before entering the Sequencer the events needed for the trigger condition have to be defined in the Event Patterns window See Figure 4
186. gned since Al and AO are used to indicate Configuration cycle type 0 or 1 Warning When modifying PCI Configuration space using Configuration cycles type 0 and more than one of the address bits AD 31 11 are 1 a warning will be displayed A PCI device is a target of a configuration cycle only if its IDSEL is asserted Explanation 4nd AD 1 0 is 00 Most PCI systems implements generation of IDSEL by connecting the IDSEL associated with device number 0 to AD16 the IDSEL associated with device number 2 to AD17 etc When more than one of the bits AD 31 11 are I several PCI devices might try to respond to the same cycle leading to system crash and in worst case a permanent hardware failure 6 11 3 4 Fill The Fill command fills PCI Memory space or PCI I O space with a given pattern or value Master menu Select Fill from the Master menu and the dialog box in Figure 6 18 appears 142 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference PCI Exerciser Master Fill Walking One 66660668 Walking One Figure 6 18 Master Fill command PCI Exerciser f 24008 24028 om4b muse me sane net vie Figure 6 19 The result of the Fill command in the Exerciser window Exerciser The following command format is used to ex
187. gs up the dialog box shown in Figure 4 17 An almost identical dialog box appears when clicking on the AD 31 0 field in CLOCK mode All examples given for the Data field except for some A64 D64 details are also valid for the Ad dr ess field Data bits D 31 8 Edit Range Binary Details ot L 64 bit Figure 4 17 The Data options dialog box User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 57 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation Edit Range Binary Details 58 By editing the data field an event can include a range of patterns Press the Edit Range button in the dialog box in Figure 4 17 and a new dialog box shown in Figure 4 18 appears Accommodate the range to your needs choose whether you want 64 bits and press the NOT button if the desired range is everything but the chosen range By selecting the data field and typing a hyphen the field will automatically expand to include a range Negating the range is done by typing a note of exclamation Note that any value can be entered as the low and high bounds of the range allowing for example storing of only adresses to a spesific data structure of arbitrary base address and size Range 00808088 FFFFFFFF 65 bit Figure 4 18 Defining Range 8811 XX11 1Fxxxx Fill in HEX digits or binary nibbles in parenthesis as shown here 11XXx The example g
188. he Exerciser 32 as a target issues a retry termination disconnect The number of PCI clocks before the Exerciser as a target issues a target disconnect Table 6 22 The arguments of the Options command retry_master The number of retries of the Exerciser as a master 0 is forever SERRE is generated when the SERR genration option is set and the Exerciser detects wrong address parity as a target The retry master argument controls the number of retries of the Exerciser as a master The retry master count can be set in the range of 0 to 255 Note that setting the retry master count to O will cause the Exerciser to retry forever and the only way of recovering is by reseting the Exerciser The retry target argument controls the initial number of clock cycles from FRAME goes on until the first data phase 32 is default before the Exerciser as a target issues a retry termination The disconnect argument controls the number of clock cycles in the successive data phases 8 is default before the Exerciser as a target issues a target disconnect A target retry is actually a target disconnect when no data is transferred User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 179 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Example 1 Explanation Example 2 Explanation Example 3 Explanation Status line information PCI opt 108000 255 1
189. he IDSEL associated with device number 2 to AD17 etc When more than one of the bits AD 31 11 are 1 several PCI devices might try to respond to the same cycle leading to system crash and in worst case a permanent hardware failure MA TA Master and Target abort is signalized with MA and TA in the display 6 11 3 2 Modify The Modify command allows the user to read and modify data in PCI Memory space PCI I O space or PCI Configuration space Master menu Select Modify from the Master menu and the dialog box in Figure 6 16 appears 138 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Exerciser prompt 6 Commands Reference PCI Exerciser Master Modify x Address space Config Start address 00020099 Memory VO Config Data size 4 Byte 4 cancer Figure 6 14 Master Modify command PCI Exerciser Ioj x PCI m ennne C 666266006 966616b5 66626604 62866662 6 66620004 62860006 66626068 668666063 80020800c 66606666 66626616 866008800 860008800 n SSS SS SS New Address 00000000 Prey Same Next Quit Figure 6 15 The result of the Modify command in the Exerciser window The following command format is used to execute the Modify command from the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI m lt addr gt lt addr_space gt lt da
190. he X marker telling the distance from the T marker The difference X T is displayed above the waveforms as shown in Figure 4 47 Two additional markers are available They are found in the Mar ker menu or at the tool bar The time difference X Y X Z and Z Y are displayed above the waveform window as in Figure 4 47 Markers are convenient for marking places of interest in the trace buffer Two markers can also be used to limit statistics functions to a given area or to measure the time between two places For instance they are very convenient for measuring the time between two signal edges The X marker is moved with the left mouse button either by clicking anywhere in the waveform window or by clicking on the marker and without releasing the mouse dragging the marker to the desired place User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Moving the Y Z marker Inserting Removing 4 Operation When only one of the Y and Z markers are present they are moved with the right mouse button in the same way as the X marker is moved with the left mouse button When both the Y and the Z markers are present the marker which is closest to the mouse cursor is moved In the case where the markers are placed on top of each other the Y marker is moved if the cursor is at the left side of the markers and the Z marker is moved if
191. his can be done using the Local Fill andthe Local Modify commands See also the Save and Load commands for saving patterns to disk Section 6 11 5 The status line at the bottom of the BusView window shows a green indicator in the DMA fields if a DMA started with the DMA command is active If no DMA is active and the DMA status line field is grayed a single mouse click on the DMA field will open the DMA dialog box in Figure 6 20 and a double mouse click will execute the DMA command with the last entered parameters If a DMA is active and the green indicator is on a double mouse click on the field will terminate the DMA The indicator will then change color to dark green The DMA channels are devided into two groups where channel 0 not available for the user and 1 are one group and channel 2 and 3 are another group The arbitration is round robin both between the two groups and within the groups Example If the user has started a DMA write on channel 1 and two DMA reads on channel 2 and 3 and the Exerciser is not used for anything else demanding the fourth DMA channel the DMA write on channel 1 will be granted bus access between the two reads in channel 2 and 3 resulting in an equal amount of reads and writes on the bus as long as no other masters interfere 6 11 3 6 TDMA Master menu The TDMA command is similar to the DMA command described above except for the fact that the DMA will not start running u
192. hown as histograms may be calculated as a percentage of the total sample count in each update or as a cumulative percentage of the total sample count in the current session The first mode is referred to as the Reset mode while the latter is referred to as Accumulate mode 132 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference 6 10 5 8 Select Events The user may select any four events from the Event Patterns window in the Setup window to be used in the Statistics measurements by means of the Sel ect Events command By default the first four events in the Event Patterns window except the one named AnyThing are used 6 10 5 9 Sampling Mode Use this command to change the sampling mode from TRANSFER to TRANSFER DETAILS or TRANSACTION The option is available in Bus Utilization or Bus Transfer Rate mode Changing the statistics sampling mode does not change the settings in the Setup window 6 10 5 10 Save Statistics to File Statistics can be saved to file by selecting the Save Statistics to File option When the statistics is started Session Run the user is prompted for a file name to write the statistics data to The files generated are standard ASCII files which can be opened in any text editor and the format of the files for the different statistics functions are shown below The files are saved i
193. ics mode i e when the Event Counting mode is selected the Ti me History Curves options list is the events from the Event Patterns window When Bus Utilization mode is selected the list contains the parameters from the Bus Utilization histogram etc 6 10 5 3 Bar Markers TheBar Marker function calculates minimum maximum and average values for the ongoing series of counter readings The calculated values are indicated in the proper positions in the histograms Show To make a bar marker visible perform the command Bar Markers Show A dialog box with the three markers appears and the user may select which ones should be displayed Reset Execute Bar Markers Reset to reset the recorded values for the selected marker s so that only subsequent count values will be taken into account when displaying new bar markers Note The bar markers are not active in Time History Curves 6 10 5 4 Graph Display Options The Graph Display Option available is the Gr i d option i e whether to display JThe Grid the Histograms and Time History Curves with a grid or not tool bar button User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 131 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference 6 10 5 5 Unit The Uni t command has two options the Mxfers s and the Mbytes s They are only active when running in Bus Transfer Rate mode 6 10 5 6 Maximum Scale Ma
194. igger Alternative trigger positions can be chosen under Edi t Tri gger Posi ti on orselected with tool bar buttons The choices are Start of Trace 25 of Trace Middle of Trace 75 of Trace and End of Trace User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Trigger Condition 4 Operation The default trigger condition is AnyThing Changing it to another event is done by selecting one of the other events in the Event Patterns window 4 7 Sequencer Mode Why What Very often the tracer is simply used to see whether a certain transaction an event occurs on the bus and if it does not what is actually happening For this purpose Single Event Mode is sufficient In more complex cases one may want to see what is happening only when a certain event occurs after a series of other events or one may want to filter out samples of no interest or count a certain number of occurrences of an event before the trigger These are a few examples of situations where the Sequencer is taken into use The Sequencer is state machine which enables the user to define complex triggers store qualifiers count conditions etc The Sequencer program allows event patterns to be combined sequentially using IF Elsif Else statements or combinatorial using AND OR and NOT operators It is also possible to switch sampling mode and trig
195. igger if not start searching for Addr1 again the bus and if Addr2 is not appearing on the bus the tracer will never trigger the next event on the bus the tracer triggers if not it will start searching for Addr1 again which matches the intention Select State 2 PCI Sequencer 1 a Sampling in TRANSFER mode 1 b Store ALL 1 c If fiddr1 then 2 a If Addr2 then 2 b Trigger at 25 of trace FERE State 1 Slate 2 Figure 4 35 Select which Sequencer state the Else is for Insert the Goto operator below the Else operator as described for the Else operator above The number following the Goto operator indicates the state number to go to PCI Sequencer 1 a Sampling in TRANSFER mode 1 b Store ALL 1 c If fiddr1 then 2 a If Addr2 then 2 b Trigger at 25 of trace 2 C Else 2 d Figure 4 36 If Addr2 does not show start looking for Addrl again User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 67 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation 4 7 2 Sequencer a State Machine State 1 State 2 223 State 3 The Sequencer is a state machine which can be in one of 16 possible states of which 15 can be programmed by the user Certain rules controls the transition from one state to another The Sequencer is able to change state between each sample even when operating at full speed Figure 4
196. igger whenever Addr2 occurred on the bus after that This is because an implicit Else goto current state is always present after an If statement if no Else is specified To prevent triggering on both the If and the Else branch we need an Else branch in the Sequencer program as well Inserting new To insert new operators at the bottom of the Sequencer double click below the operators at last line or place the cursor after the last line and press the INS key or select the bottom nsert from the tool bar or the Edi t menu Select the Else operator PCI Sequencer 1 a Sampling in TRANSFER mode 1 b Store ALL 1 c If Addr1 then 2 a If fddr2 then 2 b Trigger at 25 of trace IE Sampling Store If Delay Count Elsif Figure 4 34 Insert the Else operator 66 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Else which state Goto 1 4 Operation After selecting the Else operator a list over possible states the Else is for appears as shown in Figure 4 35 To select the right state one has to think of what was the intention of the Sequencer program and what is the result of choosing one or the other To be able to decide suppose that the Goto statement is to be inserted after the Else operator Intention Search for Addrl When found check if the next is Addr2 If so tr
197. igned char BYTE typedef unsigned long UI NT32 typedef packed struct _DEMUXEDAD union BYTE cData 4 LSB in cData 0 MSB in cData 3 UINT32 Data union BYTE cAddr 4 LSB in cAddr 0 MSB in cAddr 3 UI NT32 Addr DEMUXEDAD typedef packed struct _PCITRACE union DEMUXEDAD AD32 BYTE cAD 8 If 64bits data LSB in cAD O MSB in cAD 7 If 64bits address order of bytes from LSB in cAD 4 cAD 5 cAD 6 cAD 7 cAD 0 cAD 1 cAD 2 cAD 3 BYTE TagL TagU Time tag always 12 bits BYTE ExtIn See below for layout of these bytes BYTE Wait BYTE CmdByteEnable BYTE Ctrl 1 BYTE ErrXTri g BYTE Ctrl 2 PCI TRACE The trace address and data is stored as Intel format integers 32 or 64 bits The _MUXED bit in the Ctrl 1 byte see Table 9 3 controls the layout of the AD channels and the CmdByteEnable When it is 0 the DEMUXEDAD AD32 layout is used and when it is 1 the cAD is used When MUXED is 1 each transfer starts with an address trace line followed by one or more data trace lines All this is controlled by the Size field as shown in Table 7 2 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 215 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 9 Trace File Format 9 3 Details of the Time Tag Variables b ee 0 Tag 3 0 Tag Prescale 3 0 Tag 7 4 Ext 7 5 Ext 3 0 or GNT 3 0 Tag Valid Wait
198. indow Another lt F2 gt will bring the cursor back to the menu bar Lote Move around with the cursor keys Edit a field Edit a field by typing only digits or a combination of digits and don t cares x Type CR to finish editing of the field User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 195 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 8 Terminal User Interface Notice the The diamond indicates that the event pattern contains a pattern different from all don t care This is important if a field which is scrolled off the screen has a value other than x Notice the divider between the Dat a and the Si ze fields This divider marks the border between the fixed area to the left and the scrollable area of the Events Patterns window Clearing Contents of Fields Typing X s into a field will set the corresponding bit s to don t care By typing DEL all bits in a field will be set to X Hiding Field Columns If positioned on an empty all X field you will be asked to hide the field column Type DEL to hide the a field column Adding Field Columns Type INS to insert a field column to the left of the cursor Type CR to select a signal and close the list box Typing ESC closes the list without making any selection Renaming Clearing Deleting and Copying Entire Events Rename event Move the cursor to the name of the event Type CR to open editing Ty
199. indow now displays Sampling in TRANSACTION NO DATA mode Select Tr ace Run once more The Trace window opens again Note that a filed called BurstLen has replaced the Data field in the trace User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 5 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 1 Getting Started E BusView File Edit Compare Search Jump Count Format Marker Utilities window Help gs PCI TRANSACTION NO DATA mode Trace on Tracer triggered at START Of x Sample TimeRel Wait Size Burst Address BurstLen Status Err IN 88801ER8 88801ER8 888801EC8B 88801EC8 88801EC8 88801EE8 888801EE8 MemRd 08881EE8 88801F 88 68 601F 66 68 661F 66 68 661F26 68 661F26 68 661F26 68 661F 46 68 661F 46 68 661F 46 68 661F66 68 661F66 PCI Target None DMA LT 0 C amp 0 MR 255 TR 16 TD 8 al 20 00 Pd 9 33 Figure 1 5 The Trace Display window when sampling in TRANSACTION mode Seo rtwoo G ot ookgooroaort se Continue reading Chapter 4 for a detailed description about how to use the PBT 515 By selecting Exerciser from the menu bar or pressing the corresponding The button at the tool bar see Section 6 11 1 the PCI Exerciser window is opened Exerciser tool bar button 6 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg
200. ing St at i sti Cs from the menu bar in the Setup window The user is then presented with the Statistics window like the one illustrated in Figure 4 57 The Statistics window consists of a menu bar along the top of the window a tool bar a window section which consumes most of the window and a status line along the bottom of the window User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation X BusView PCI Bus Utilization Histogram OF x dy Session Function Options Utilities window Help l x e e ESTs S Total number of samples 4138872 Transactions Data Total Data Burst Efficiency 1495 2 1 2 1 15 580179 87331 86828 PCI 33 2MHz 32 Figure 4 57 The Statistics window in Bus Utilization mode 4 9 8 2 Histograms or Time History Curves The statistics are presented either in a standard histogram or in a Time History curve Figure 4 57 is an example of the former and Figure 4 58 of the latter The time history diagram shows the variations of the bus signals with respect to time Histograms are default for all statistics presentation The time history curves are selected by choosing Opt i ons Ti me History Curves User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 99 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg c
201. ing the selftest for the PBT X 515 will take about 20 seconds The test procedure displays which device is currently being tested The Selftest procedure finishes with a Reset causing all trace data to be lost 6 6 10 Reset Analyzer This command resets the PBT X 515 All trace data will be lost 120 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference 6 6 11 Reset Exerciser This command resets the PCI Exerciser All Exerciser parameters will be lost 6 6 12 Specials The Specials command allows the user to read and set the current ECO Engineering Change Order level PCB revision Time and Date and hardware software version The ECO level is normally set during manufacturing and if a hardware ECO upgrade has been performed The Time and Date need to be set if the non volatile memory has been lost due to back up battery failure 6 7 Window Menu The Wi ndo Ww menu contains help for the user to arrange the open windows and icons in the best possible way 6 7 1 Cascade The Cascade command arranges all the open windows in a cascade The Cascade tool bar button 6 7 2 Tile Horizontally TheTile Horizontally command puts the open windows side by side The Tile horizontally Horizontally tool bar button 6 7 3 Tile Vertically The Tile Vertically command puts the open wind
202. ings default on the PBTM 515 top side 234 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 11 Jumper Settings POWER JUMPERS FOR USE OF EXTERNAL POWER SUPPLY BOTTOM SIDE POWER JUMPERS FOR USE OF POWER SUPPLY ON HOST BOARD Figure 11 3 Jumper settings default on the PBTM 515 bottom side 11 3 Jumper Details 11 3 1 UART Jumper Settings The jumpers J13 J14 controls the configuration of the second UART port on the analyzer and the UART port for the PowerPC processor and should be installed as in Figure 11 4 All other settings are for debug purposes SECOND UART CONNECTED DIRECTLY TO POWERPC UAR DEFAULT CONFIGURATION J13 J14 Figure 11 4 UART Jumper Setting T 11 3 2 PowerPC Flash EPROM Jumper Settings Jumpers J17 J18 controls the PowerPC Flash EPROM as follows J17 J17 J17 J17 LOCKED FLASH BLOCKS ARE NO PROTECTION U 0 U WRITE ERASE PROTECTED THE ENTIRE FLASH THE ENTIRE FLASH CAN BE ERASED WRITTEN OR IS PROTECTED WITH SOME RESTRICTIONS BLOCKS CAN BE LOCKED 18 Ref i28F008SC S5 DATASHEET J18 Lock Bits CAN BE ALTERED J18 J18 J18 SPH PIN SAT V LEVEL WITH I THIS JUMPER SETTING Figure 11 5 PowerPC FLASH EPROM control User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 235 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com
203. ion ssssseeeeeeeretnte tenente tenen enne tenentes 66 Figure 4 34 Insert the Else operator sse tenente tenerent te tentent 66 Figure 4 35 Select which Sequencer state the Else is for seen 67 Figure 4 36 If Addr2 does not show start looking for Addr again sss 67 Figure 4 37 The Sequencer as a state machine sese tentent 68 Figure 4 38 Leaving Single Event mode sese te nennen 69 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 12 Appendix Figure 4 39 Edit event expressions c ccccccscecscsccsssssesecssdesencsesvtvessossssssceseosessnonstusveseascucuecsaeavedesonesnsetan 70 Figure 4 40 Brackets in the Sequencer are expandable sese 74 Figure 4 41 Sequencer Example sese eee eene tenente tente ente tenerent 81 Figure 4 42 The Trace Display in Alphanumeric mode sese 82 Figure 4 43 The Decoding and Formatting dialog box serere 83 Figure 4 44 Trace Compare certe tete eed eret ieges tester aere ES ERR vE reS TETN EENE 85 Figure 4 45 Initializing a Trace Compare essent tenente tenerent 86 Figure 4 46 The trace display in waveform mode sss 87 Figure 4 47 Using markers REGE ERR DATEN Ee aaron nas 8
204. isantg com 8 Terminal User Interface Press lt ALT gt s i e the Alt key together with an s for send You are asked for the name of the setup file Type a name and press CR When the file is sent the screen refreshes automatically Note If a non valid name is typed the VT100 emulator terminates 8 1 4 Trace Display Screen Function Keys Two short cut commands can be wise to keep in mind PF3 or Ctrl F Finds the next match to the search pattern when searching in the trace buffer Or finds the previous edge when positioned in a waveform window PF4 Finds the next edge when positioned in a waveform window 8 1 4 2 Trace Dump to PC Host The procedure is equivalent to the Dump to PC Host option in the Setup screen except that the dialog box in Figure 8 10 appears instead of the one in Figure 8 5 Type how many lines to dump and choose OK Dump Trace to PC Host CBinary gt i Dump the contents of the trace buffer to a file on a host o To proceed you must be using a terminal emulator on a PC or or any other host supporting the XMODEM file transfer protocol Example PC with UMETRO s UT1 EXE WINDOWS Terminal etc Comments MEN From line To line lt Ok gt lt Cancel gt Figure 8 10 Dump a trace to PC Host Load from PC Host The procedure is equivalent to the Load from PC Host option in the Setup screen Save to NV RAM A portion of a trace up to 2K samples can be saved in the N
205. ith a user defined trigger pattern so that the acquisition process stops at or around a moment of interest The PBT 515 also includes an onboard PCI Exerciser unit that allows the user to generate PCI traffic emulate a PCI target and generate PCI interrupts 1 1 1 Expandable with Piggyback Modules Although the PBT 515 offers a full featured logic state analyzer with extensive Statistics functions as well as a powerful exerciser the unit can be expanded with piggyback modules daughtercards for even more functionality and performance One such card is the PTIMBAT500 PB targeted at detailed hardware analysis applications This module offers a 64 channel 500 MHz Timing Analyzer with 16 MSamples trace buffer and a comprehensive PCI Anomaly Trigger protocol checker In addition to offering a detailed 2ns resolution view with waveform diagrams of the bus timing this unit provides automatic detection of 84 PCI protocol and timing violations including 50 picoseconds timing resolution on setup hold time measurements Another card the PXMEMSM PB offers an extremely deep trace buffer for the state analyzer storing as much as 8 million clock address or data cycles suitable for statistics gathering or verification applications Only one piggyback module can be mounted at a time User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 1 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com
206. ives 1 in the two high order bits and don t care in the two lower bits Figure 4 19 Binary details Binary details makes it possible to specify don t care values at the bit level Specifying binary details is done by clicking on the Bi nar y Details button in Figure 4 17 or by typing a left bracket in front of a hex digit in the Event Patterns window The dialog box in Figure 4 19 appears The example above shows how the two first hexadecimal digits are expanded to the binary level making it possible to have don t care values at the bit level Digits containing binary don t cares will be displayed as a in the Event Patterns window User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com A64 D64 4 Operation When using 64 bits address data the corresponding data address field will be blank see Figure 4 20 This is because the PBT X 515 is not de multiplexing the address and data phase when using 64 bits range making it impossible to define anything in the data field when a 64 bits address is specified and vice versa PCI Event Patterns Data BE Size Command Address Status Err INTx Ext74 AnyThing x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX PCI6 EX x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX PCI1 fX x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX PCI2 Ix x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX PCI3 AGH x Figure 4 20 64 bits addressing 4 5 3 Di
207. l bar Status line Annunciator 40 The BusView graphical user interface employs mouse controlled menu bars pull down menus toolbars dialog boxes and multiple windows See Figure 4 1 All main commands are shown on a menu bar at the top of the window Most menu bar commands have pull down menus attached containing a list of sub commands Some sub commands may present a dialog box for detailed specification of various parameters while others may present a secondary pull down menu for further selections The tool bar contains most of the commands from the menu bar displayed as icons below the menu bar The function of each icon is displayed on the status line when pointing at the icon with the mouse cursor The bottom line of the window is used to present simple messages about the status of the analyzer and guide the user as to which keys can be typed etc This line will also show error messages If the PBT 515 is equipped with one of the optional piggyback modules the combined unit may contain two independant analyzers e g the 500MHz timing analyzer of the PTIMBATS00 PB and the state anlyzer of the PBT 515 itself Each of these analyzers have their own setup and trace windows The status line shows which analyzers are available Single click on an analyzer name and its Setup window is activated Double click on an analyzer name and the trace is displayed if there is a valid trace PCI means the state analyzer and T500
208. l bar or press the INS key The same dialog box as when editing the Event Patterns window appears Select the desired signal and press the OK button Place the cursor on the signal name you want to delete Select Cut from the Edi t menu or the tool bar or press the DEL key A combination of the previous explained Add and Remove actions will give the desired results 4 8 1 2 Absolute or Relative Time in the Trace Window 82 The trace may be displayed either with absolute time from the trigger sample relative time between the samples or both The Ti meRel relative time option User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation is default and it is displayed as a field column in the Trace Display window See Figure 4 42 The Ti meAbs absolute time option is inserted into the Trace window in the same way as a signal field is inserted i e as explained in Section 4 8 1 1 4 8 1 3 Formatting Options There are two different ways of presenting the control signals in the trace Either as mnemonics likeSize Status and Err in Figure 4 42 or as bit patterns like Addr ess and Data The user can decide whether to display the signals with mnemonics or not In TRANSFER mode when sampling only once per data cycle it is very convenient to display the signals with mnemonics For example the Co mmand field displa
209. l gt Figure 10 15 The Tuning parameters 10 4 4 1 Missing PCB and ECO Level The Serial Number the PCB Revision and the ECO level are found on a label on the bottom side of the board and should be in accordance with the values below Serial no 880958881 dec PCB reu char ECO level 63 Cdec gt lt Update Flash gt lt Cancel gt Figure 10 16 Configuring PCB and ECO level User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 231 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 10 Firmware Upgrade The firmware is dependent on a correct PCB revision and ECO level to fully utilize the hardware configuration of the tracer If the dialog box in Figure 10 16 is displayed when the tracer is restarted fill in the correct PCB revision and the ECO level Then select Update Flash to store these parameters The command Util iti es Specials ECO Level will allow you to enter or verify this at a later time if needed 232 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 10 Firmware Upgrade User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 233 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 11 Jumper Settings 11 JUMPER SETTINGS 11 1 PBT 515 J33 PowerPC PROCE AR Eee OTE
210. l options start VT100 as indicated below Cri VELO d An option consist of a hyphen the option character a space and a modifier The option characters are case significant 8 2 2 VT100 Environment Variable V T100 looks for the environment variable VT100 or vt100 when started The environment variable is set before the command line allowing command line options to override options set in the environment variable Typing the command c set vtl00 p 38k4 H on J once and then c vt100 4 is equivalent to c vt100 p 38k4 H on J but saves you from tedious writing every time VT 100 is started on No space should be present between the word VT100 and the equal sign Setting the VT100 environment variable in the autoexec bat file sets the VT100 defaults every time the PC is started 8 2 3 Terminal Types to Use on theTracer If your PC has a color or monochrome CGA EGA or VGA screen you should select terminal type 3 Select terminal type 2 if you have a monochrome screen MDA display adapter 8 2 3 1 Built in XMODEM CRC Protocol lt Alt gt S lt Alt gt R When started VT 100 displays the following lines eet Type Alt R to receive a file type Alt S to send a file Type Alt X or Ctrl Z to end communication These commands are to be used when dumping a trace file to the PC or loading a trace file from the PC Type Alt S to send a file to the host i e the tracer The host must have been set in
211. lect is used as chip select during configuration transactions DEVSEL DEVSEL is asserted by a target when it has decoded the current address as its own address ENUM ENUM is a CompactPCI signal only and shall be driven by hot swap compatible boards after insertion and prior to removal The system master uses this interrupt signal to force software to interrogate all boards within the system for resource allocation regarding I O memory and interrupt usage 7 6 Arbitration Pins REQ Request is a message to the arbiter that the requesting agent wants access to the bus GNT Grant is a message back to the requesting agent that access is granted 7 7 Error Reporting Pins PERR Parity Error reports parity errors in all transactions except Special Cycle SERR System Error reports parity errors in a Special Cycle and all other critical errors 7 8 Interrupt Pins INT A D Interrupts are requested on these lines Interrupts are level sensitive PCI defines one interrupt line NT A for a single function device and up to four lines for a multifunction device In the event patterns and in the trace display the leftmost digit is NT D and the right most is NTA INEP ANTS The INTP and INTS signals are CompactPCI signals only and are defined for IDE boards Both primary and secondary ISA interrupts designated INTP and INTS respectively are available and may be used by the masters 7 9 Cache Support Pins S
212. les from the secondary side to the primary side of a PCI to PCI bridge In order for the Config Scan command to find all the PCI devices located in the PCI system the Primary Secondary and Subordinate bus numbers in all the PCI to PCI bridges have to be configured correctly The Primary Secondary and Subordinate bus number registers are located at offset 0x18 0x19 and Oxl1A respectively in the PCI to PCI bridge configuration space header The primary bus number is the bus number on the primary side of the bridge the secondary bus number is the bus number on the secondary side of the bridge and the subordinate bus number is the highest numbered bus behind the bridge User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 161 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference 6 11 4 Local Menu es The Last Command tool bar button The Last Command tool bar button opens the last used dialog box from the Master or the Local menu i e if the user has run the Local Display command pressing the Last Command button reopens the Local Display dialog box 6 11 4 1 Local Display Local menu 162 The PCI Exerciser has 8MBytes of Local User Memory not PCI address memory but it can be mapped as target memory using the Target command The Local Display command allows the user to dump Local User Memory in 256Byte blocks for display The Local User
213. log box appears as in Figure 4 16 Change the name and press the OK button Delete Select the undesired event by clicking on it s name Select Cut from the tool bar from the Edi t menu or press the DEL key 56 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation Add When adding a new event it will be added above the current event i e to place a new event at the bottom of the list place the cursor below the last event Select nsert from the tool bar from the Edi t menu or press the INS key A Name Event dialog box appears Type a name and press the OK button Copy Select the desired eventt and select Co p y from the tool bar or the Edi t menu Place the cursor below the event where you want to insert the copied event and select Past e from the tool bar or the Edi t menu A dialog box asking for a new name for the event appears Give it a new name and press the OK button 4 5 2 Address Data Options The NOT Negation i e the NOT operator can be specified for the data the address and operator lt gt some other fields The NOT operator if not chosen in a dialog box is activated by typing a note of exclamation in front of the field The event pattern will then give match for all values except the chosen one When sampling in TRANSFER mode typing CR or double clicking in the Address orData field brin
214. mal start address of the fill area end addr Local hexadecimal end address of the fill area value Can either be a hexadecimal value to fill into the area or z walking zero pattern o walking one pattern s address as data r random data NENNEN i BEN Valid values are 1 2 or 4 bytes 4 Table 6 18 The arguments of the Local Fill command User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Example 1 Explanation 6 Commands Reference PCI If 100000 1fffff 1234 2 If Local Fill command 100000 Local User Memory start address 1fffff Local User Memory end address 1234 data to fill into area 2 data size 6 11 5 Load Save Commands Example The Local Save andthe Local Load commands can be very useful in combination with the Test and Compare commands e Make a pattern in either PCI memory or Local User Memory with the Local Filland Local Modify commands e Save the pattern to file using the Save Local Save commands e Next time the Test and Compare commands are used with the use data from local memory parameter this file can be downloaded with the Local Load commands and used as test pattern saving the time re defining the pattern in memory 6 11 5 1 Save Memory to File Master menu The Save command enables the user to save PCI memory to file Select Save
215. memory ranges from address 0x0 to Ox7FFFFF Select Display from the Local menu and the dialog box in Figure 6 37 appears PCI Exerciser Local Display Memory 288888 2 Byte E Figure 6 37 Local Display command User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Exerciser prompt k PCI Exerciser DE xi PCI 1d 266666 2 66266666 66266616 66266626 66266636 66266646 66266656 66266666 66266676 66266686 66266696 00200048 662 888b 8 8628868c 8 8628868d8 862888e 8 662 666F 6 4 8881 6166 66601 6166 8801 6166 8801 6166 8801 6166 8801 8188 6661 6166 66601 6166 6662 6266 6662 6266 6662 6266 6662 6266 6662 6266 6662 8288 8882 6266 6662 6266 6604 6466 6604 6466 6664 6466 6604 6466 6604 6466 6604 6466 6604 6466 6604 6466 6616 1666 6616 1666 6616 1666 6616 1888 6616 1666 6616 1888 6616 1666 6616 1666 6 Commands Reference 6626 80458 8888 G 2000 4000 8888 G 6626 80458 8888 G 2000 48008 86060 G 6626 80458 80888 G 20080 4000 88808 ag 6626 80458 8088 G 2000 4000 8808 ag 8028 0048 8088 G 2000 4000 8808 ag 6626 0048 80088 G 2888 4666 8888
216. minal 195 select 49 Trace window 83 Exertrg 153 155 trigger position 113 exit 111 undo 72 112 extension 200 edit search pattern 124 external inputs 34 35 editing keys 199 PXMEM8M PB 106 efficiency external power Bus Utilization 95 jumpers 13 14 end of trace 38 external power source 12 14 ENUM 188 extract 85 125 Err 190 extracting 85 errors f 143 dump to PC Host 201 features ESD 11 13 de multiplexing od event address data 27 add 58 field options 55 copy 58 file delete 57 exit 111 edit 197 load 182 number of usable 76 load predefined setup 109 rename 57 new setup 109 Event Counting 93 131 open 110 count options 102 print 110 182 histogram 94 printer setup 111 select events 93 save 182 update rate 103 save settings on exit 111 event expression save Statistics 134 change 70 Save Save as 110 edit 64 file format event expressions statistics 134 edit 79 fill 143 event patterns firmware upgrade 225 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 247 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 13 Index 248 first line FLASH EPROM follow store follow trigger format 126 225 120 120 absolute relative time tags204 decoding and formatting scale template trace file trace signal zoom in zoom out FRAME front panel external inputs function Burst Distribution Bus Profile Bus Transfer Rate Bus Utilization Command Distribution Event Cou
217. minal User Interface and BusView Thus it is possible to switch between the two without reloading firmware It is sufficient to reset the board to make the switch 10 3 2 Uploading Exerciser Firmware Remember to reset the PBT 515 before proceeding to the next step PCI Exerciser Firmware Version 3 88 Toggle the Reset switch on the PBTX5 515 Figure 10 11 Reset the PBT 515 The uploading of the PCI Exerciser firmware continuously displays the number of blocks transferred vt100 Sending file pbt515x src using 4MODEM vt18080 Sending block 38 of 5875 Remember to reset the PBT 515 when asked I NFO The PCI Exerciser firmware has been sucessfully uploaded Please reset the Tracer Figure 10 12 Reset the PBT 515 when done 10 4 Troubleshooting Firmware Upgrade 10 4 1 If Upload Stops If the upload stops start the upload procedure from the beginning and try a slower baud rate If you are running the upload procedure in a Windows DOS box and run into problems try to exit Windows before making another attempt Also if you have special TSR programs bound to the used COM port or network drivers try a clean boot of the PC before making another attempt 3 With MS DOS 6 00 or later this can be accomplished with holding both SHIFT keys while the text Starting MS DOS is displayed when the PC is booted User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 229 Artisan Technology Group Quality Ins
218. mmand Show tool bar button 6 11 6 6 Start Recording The Start Recording command starts recording of a PCI Exerciser script i e it starts recording of a file containing PCI Exerciser commands for later use The user is prompted for a script file name before the recording is started When the recording has started all commands executed are written to the script file The header of the PCI Exerciser window displays the name of the script file being recorded The script file is in standard ASCII format and can be edited manually with any text editor Any errors in the file will simply make the Exerciser display a help 172 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference text when the script is run in the same way as when an erroneous command is typed at the PCI Exerciser prompt Comments To enter a comment into the script file the line has to start with a character CR Blank lines are interpreted as CRs 6 11 6 7 Insert Pause The Insert Pause command inserts a pause statement in the script file The pause statement halts the script and waits for user input CR when the script is run The F2 key can be used as a short cut key 6 11 6 8 Insert Comment The Insert Comment command displays the Insert Comment dialog box where the user can enter a comment The comment is written to
219. mode User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 3 Functional description e 4 full speed Word Recognizers with true Address and Data Ranges e 16 level Trigger Qualifier Sequencer e Trigger after Delay or Event Count e De multiplexedAddress Command BE andData e Time tags in Trace Buffer show time between samples e Latency counter in trace shows target latency F RAME to TRDY and wait states between data transfers e 64K Trace Memory depth on the BX and CX models and 256K on the EX model e Extensive statistics functions including real time bus utilization measurements that can run at all times in the background 3 3 1 De multiplexed Address Data The powerful features of the PBT X 515 Bus Analyzer allow the capture of a comprehensive set of information representing the activity on the PCI bus A very important feature is the capability to de multiplex address commands and data into separate trace channels a feature which not only simplifies readability of the trace but also allows powerful triggers involving both address and data to be defined easily 3 3 2 Address Incrementing Note 1 Note 2 A PCI burst cycle consists of one single address phase followed by a series of data phases In order to make the trace display easier to read the address field in the Trace display for consecutive dat
220. more information about markers see Section 4 8 2 2 6 9 2 5 Marker Z The Marker Z command makes the cursor jump to the position of the Y marker in the trace buffer For more information about markers see Section 4 8 2 2 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 125 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference 6 9 2 6 Line Number 4 The Line Number command opens the Jump to Line dialog box which The Line gives the user the opportunity to type in which line in the trace buffer the cursor Number tool should jump to bar button Jump to Line Figure 6 9 The Jump to Line dialog box 6 9 3 Count The Count command returns the dialog box in Figure 6 10 asking for start and stop lines Type two line numbers and press the OK button The same parameters as in the Bus Profile statistics are displayed see Section 4 9 5 Figure 6 10 The Count dialog box Note This command operates only on traces that reside in the trace buffer not on trace files 126 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference 6 9 4 Format Menu The For mat menu contains items suitable for formatting the Trace window to the taste of the user It applies to both the alphanumeric and the waveform Trace windo
221. mp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Table 6 9 The arguments of the TDMA command Example 1 PCI tdma 30000000 300fffff 100000 pl Explanation dma DMA command 30000000 PCI source start address 300fffff PCI source end address 100000 local bus destination address pl PCI to local transfer In other words a DMA transfer of Ox100000 bytes from PCI address 0x30000000 to local bus address 0x100000 will be executed once as soon as the PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer triggers Status line The status line at the bottom of the BusView window shows a yellow indicator information when the TDMA command has been executed When the PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer triggers the DMA transfer starts and the indicator changes color to green 6 11 3 7 DMA Abort The DMA Abort command aborts any ongoing DMA transfer started with the DMA command Master menu Select DMA Abort from the Master menu and the dialog box in PCI DMA Abort X Iv DHA Channel 1 V DMA Channel 3 Cancel Figure 6 24 Master DMA Abort command PCI Exerciser Id x1 PCI dma abort 1 3 DHA channel 1 aborted DHA channel 3 aborted PCI New Address 00000066 Figure 6 25 The result of the DMA Abort command in the Exerciser window User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 149 Artisan Technology Group Quality Ins
222. n Run will cause all the statistics counters for the target The Run currently selected to count from zero and the histograms will be updated tool bar button according to the options set by the command Opt i ons Count Options 6 10 1 2 Continue e Continue resumes counting from the values reached the last time the statistics The was stopped with Halt Continue tool bar button 6 10 1 3 Halt ie Hal t stops the statistics session and freezes the histogram window The Halt tool bar button 6 10 1 4 Immediate Start This command is active for the trace based Bus Transfer Rate and Bus Profile The default selection mmedi ate Start causes the statistics to start counting immediately 6 10 1 5 Start On Trigger This command is active for the trace based Bus Transfer Rate and Bus Profile Selecting Start On Trigger causes the Bus Transfer Rate statistics to wait for the trigger defined in the user Sequencer program before it starts counting The user Sequencer program must provide Trigger at Start of Trace andSampling Mode TRANSFER The Sequencer program should not contain any Hal t statement 6 10 2 Function Menu TheF uncti on command is used to select between the statistics functions Four functions are available Event Counting Bus Utilization Bus Transfer Rate andBus Profile 6 10 2 1 Event Counting TheEvent Counting command invokes the statistics function that provides An 18 The Event real time histograms of
223. n TRANSFER mode Store ALL If AnyThing then Trigger at START of trace ja PCI 383 3MHz 32 Figure 4 11 Explaining the Event Patterns window 4 5 1 Editing Event Patterns The user may fill in event patterns as binary hexadecimal or mnemonic values in the various signal fields in any of the predefined event patterns except AnyThing which is unalterable The user may delete or insert new event patterns and signal fields New event patterns may be given user defined names By inserting and or deleting signal field columns the sequence of the signal field columns may be altered The Event Patterns window is activated by clicking the left mouse button in it Moving around is done with the mouse or with the cursor keys 4 5 1 1 Edit Fields Place the cursor at the field you want to edit and type in the new value The new value may contain only digits or a mixture of digits and don t cares x don t care Typing errors are corrected by moving the cursor back to the start of the field either with the mouse or the cursor keys and typing the value once more Alternatively clear the field by selecting Cl ear from the tool bar or from the Edi t menu and then retype the desired value User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 53 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation Typing CR or moving to another field finishes the e
224. n is implicitly valid for the rest of the Sequencer program until superseded by a new St or e The second line in the Sequencer program must always be a Store condition so this line cannot be deleted The predefined expressions ALL and NOTHI NG are available as Event Expressions ALL and NOTHI NG is programmed in a special way in the Sequencer hardware so that it does not consume a separate event out of the four usable Syntax Store Event expression Note A Store expression is implicitly valid for all subsequent states in the Sequencer program until superseded by a new St or e condition Note A sample causing aTri gger is always stored If Elsif Else If Elsif Else statements may be used to control the branching of the Sequencer program Multiple El si f is possible limited only by the number of possible Event Expressions Both El si f and El se are optional after an f The predefined expression AnyThi ng is available as an Event expression AnyThi ng is programmed a special way in the Sequencer hardware so it does not consume a separate event out of the four usable Syntax If Event expression then User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 75 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation Note Goto Warning Count 76 Elsif lt Event expression gt then Else Indents When multiple f states exist ahead of a poi
225. n the Data catalog under the BusView directory and can easily be opened in Excel or similar tools for further formatting Event Counting file format BusView Statistics File version 1 00 Event Counting SampNo SampTot PCIO PCII PCIZ PCIS3 0 10320084 10320084 185362 4382654 10320084 1 11159570 11159570 200444 4739118 11159570 2 11159584 11159584 200444 4739124 11159584 3 11159634 11159634 200445 4739102 11159634 Bus Utilization file format BusView Statistics File version 1 00 Bus Utilization SampNo SampTot Xfer Data BData Eff 0 30258584 np 4387268 2915543 2912700 20 26 1 33177365 15773516 3196910 3193788 20 27 2 33177362 15783870 3196590 3193471 20 25 3 33179312 15775906 3196966 3193846 20 26 Bus Profile file format BusView Statistics File version 1 00 Bus Profile SampNo SampTot Xfer Data BData Eff WaitSt D Xfer MB s 0 357117 306697 50598 48859 16 49 4 72 1 58 18 89 1 356535 306062 50645 48888 16 54 4 70 1 58 18 94 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 133 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference 2 3 213894 213699 102678 102618 57999 58021 Bus Transfer Rate file format 57943 57965 56 48 0 64 3 90 56 54 0 64 3 92 36 75 36 20 This file format contains 16 columns so the reason why it looks a little strange here is that the last 7 columns is put at the end or the
226. n the PCI Exerciser window as shown in Figure 6 13 Buttons at the bottom of the window are used for further display alternatively the keystrokes in Table 6 2 can be used User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 137 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Command Description Display next area pp Display previous area D Display the same area Display data at address new address Table 6 2 Using the Display command Example 1 PCI d 80001000 m 4 b Explanation d Display command 80001000 PCI start address m PCI Memory space 4 4 byte accesses and b burst cycles Note The end addr argument is used to set the block size of the Display command i e if the end addr is set to start addr4O0x7f only 0x80 bytes of data are displayed in each block Note In Configuration space all accesses are 4 byte aligned since Al and AO are used to indicate Configuration cycle type 0 or 1 Warning When displaying PCI Configuration space using Configuration cycles type 0 and more than one of the address bits AD 31 11 are 1 a warning will be displayed in the Exerciser window Explanation A PCI device is a target of a configuration cycle only if its IDSEL is asserted and AD 1 0 is 00 Most PCI systems implements generation of IDSEL by connecting the IDSEL associated with device number 0 to AD16 t
227. ndition is required the Sequencer must be explicitly edited This is done by entering Sequencer mode The Sequencer and Sequencer mode is explained in Section 4 7 The command Edit Sequencer displays the following dialog box Editing the Sequencer implies leaving Single Event mode o lt Help gt lt Cancel gt Type CR to enter the Sequencer window As soon as the Sequencer window is entered the tracer is forced into Sequencer Mode In this mode the lock to the current event in the Event Patterns window is broken Everything is fully controlled within the Sequencer program window In order to return to Single Event mode type DEL and select the option lt Si ngle Event Mode gt When entering the Sequencer the cursor will be placed at the first editable line Press CR to open editing of the current Sequencer statement Editing Keys INS Inserts a event name into the event expression at the cursor position DEL Deletes the current symbol i e event name operator or bracket Ctrl O Type Ctrl O to undo your last editing ESC Type ESC to cancel all changes made to the event expression A Type CR to confirm and close editing of the event expression Home Moves the cursor to the leftmost column of the event expression End Moves the cursor to the right of the rightmost column of the event expression lt gt Move the cursor one token to the left or right Operators Symbols for the logical operators OR AND
228. nente 200 Figure 8 7 Send or Receive error message ssssssseeeeennenete netten nen entente 200 Figure 8 8 Load a Setup from PC Host sese entnteteten tenen 201 Figure 8 9 Overwrite setups on load sse terne nennen nenen tenens 201 Figure 8 10 Dump a trace to PC Host sess tenente netten entente tentent 202 Figure 8 11 The Statistics screen in standard histogram mode sse 204 Figure 8 12 The Statistics screen in Time History curve mode sse 204 Figure 10 1 Firmware installation dialog box essere 225 Figure 10 2 Upgrade Tracer or Exerciser firmware essere nete 225 Figure 10 5 Loading Firmwate iee deett ret ritenere HERE EH Ebo eeepc e M Ha Reo ds 226 Figure 10 4 Selectng COM pOIL ee eee HER ERUIT RENI ee 226 Figure 10 5 Analyzer and or Exerciser upload for the PBT 515 sss 227 Figure 10 6 Analyzer upload for the PBTM 515 sese 227 Figure 10 7 Upgrade or Initial Installation essent 227 Figure 10 8 Erasing Flash EPROMS sesseeeee eene ten entente tenente tenente 228 Figure 10 9 Select baud rate eE aE tre se barato ire creed eode tete a co ad 228 Figure 10 10 Reset the PBT 515 when done sse eterne 228 Figure T0 LL Re set the PBT 515 eee IR BOUE DI rode e i RH RH E EEE EE mackie esto des 229 Figure 10 12 Reset the
229. ng e Press the DEL key operators T e Select Cut from the tool bar The Cut Us tool bar button e Select Cut from theEdi t menu 70 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation A pop up menu with all the available actions appears The actions are explained below e CANCEL Cancels the delete operation e Current line Deletes the current line This action is only visible if it is possible to delete the current line and still have a valid Sequencer For example deleting the If line and leaving the Else line creates an invalid Sequencer e Current operator with sub tree Deletes the sub tree starting with current line e Restore default program Returns the Sequencer to the state it was after leaving Single Event mode e Set Single Event mode Closes the Sequencer and returns it to Single Event mode Itis possible to undo the last edit operation Undo editing e Press the Ctrl z keys or S e Select Undo from the tool bar The os Undo tool bar button e SelectUndo fromthe Edi t menu 4 7 5 Sequencer Reference 4 7 5 1 General Structure of a State Possible actions In each state a number of actions can be defined to take place like Sampling Sampling in TRANSFER or CLOCK mode PET Store samples matching given event patterns Count Count occurrences of given event patterns Delay
230. ns B 1 amp D32 HemWri 86358806C 88888888 81881 U Ok lt PF2 Window gt lt W Nxt wnd gt TCo EPEE Figure 1 8 The Alphanumeric Trace Display screen CLOCK mode sampling UHETRO PBT 515 PCI Trace Sampling CLOCK at 252 B Irace Search Jump Count Format Warkers Window Quit Help PCI it1 39 8ns diu Ens AD 31 8 88888888 FRAME C BE388 8888 AD 31 8 006000900 IRDYS 1 TRDYS 1 DEUSELS 1 STOPS 1 Ext7h 1111 C Ok lt PF2 Window gt lt W Nxt wnd gt Figure 1 9 The Waveform Trace Display screen CLOCK mode sampling The PCI Exerciser is started by pressing the F1 key or by selecting Exerciser from the menu bar The user interface is command prompt based as shown in 4 4 4 1 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 9 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 1 Getting Started 10 UMETRO Firmvare app PCI EXERCISER Firmware ver 1 00 Copyright 1998 UMETRO ASA PCI 1m 86600086 BHH00486 66080084 0420808d8 66600088 12345678 666888Gc BaBBBcagp 66660616 66600236 12345678 66680818 12345678 PCI PGI PCI Figure 1 10 PCI Exerciser terminal mode See Section 6 11 for a description of how to use the PCI Exerciser Continue reading Chapter 4 for a detailed description about how to use the PBT X 515 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exercise
231. nt in the Sequencer program where anEl si f orEl se is to be inserted there is a need to determine which f state the El si f or El se shall belong to In such cases the user will be asked to confirm the state number Anlf Elsi f sequence without an El se will always repeat itself if none of the conditions were met so that a statement like Else Goto Current state can be considered as an implicit closing statement If no states follow an f t hen Trigger in the Sequencer program like in the default program an implicit jump to an invisible state where the prevailing store condition is repeated takes place This is to avoid storing both the specified store condition and the trigger condition if the trigger condition should occur again according to the rule saying that trigger samples are stored The Goto statement moves the execution of the Sequencer program to the beginning of another state Got o 1 will function as a restart of the Sequencer program Syntax Goto StateNumber StateNumber 2 means2 a Goto cannot be used to repeat Delay statements since the counters are not re loadable during sampling Count with reset controls counters that can be used to count occurrences of specific cycles events on the target bus If a count statement is used the Sequencer program will not advance until the specified number of cycles that matches the event pattern attached to the Co unt statement occurs Syntax count With re
232. ntation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Warranty VMETRO products are warranted against defective materials and workmanship within the warranty period of 1 one year from date of invoice Within the watranty period VMETRO will free of charge repair or replace any defective unit covered by this warranty shipping prepaid A Return Authorization Code should be obtained from VMETRO prior to return of any defective product With any returned product a written description of the nature of malfunction should be enclosed The product must be shipped in its original shipping container or similar packaging with sufficient mechanical and electrical protection in order to maintain warranty This warranty assumes normal use Products subjected to unreasonably rough handling negligence abnormal voltages abrasion unauthorized parts replacement and repairs or theft are not covered by this warranty and will if possible be repaired for time and material charges in effect at the time of repair VMETRO s warranty is limited to the repair or replacement policy described above and neither VMETRO nor its agent shall be responsible for consequential or special damages related to the use of their products Limited Liability VMETRO does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any product described herein neither does it convey any license under its patent rights nor the rights of others VMETRO products are not
233. ntg com 6 Commands Reference 6 9 1 2 Extract The Extract command extracts all trace lines from the current trace buffer I The which match the extract pattern defined in Section 6 9 1 1 and displays them in Extract tool an alphanumeric trace list bar button Esc can be used to cancel the Extract operation 6 9 1 3 Search The Search command searches for the first trace line in the current trace buffer that matches the search pattern defined in Section 6 9 1 1 The cursor jumps to the matching trace line Esc can be used to cancel the Search operation 6 9 1 4 Next Match The Next Match command makes the cursor jump to the next line in the The Next current trace buffer that matches the search pattern defined in Section 6 9 1 1 Match tool bar button 6 9 1 5 Previous Match ThePrevious Match command makes the cursor jump to the previous line The in the current trace buffer that matches the search pattern defined in Section Previous 6 9 1 1 Match tool bar button 6 9 1 6 Previous Edge ThePrevi ous Edge command is only available in Waveform display mode The and makes the cursor jump to the previous edge of the currently selected signals Previous Edge f it searches for a rising edge a falling edge or any edge is set with the Edge ne Canes Options command See Section 6 9 1 8 below 6 9 1 7 Next Edge The Next Edge command is only available in Waveform display mode and The Nex
234. ntil the PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer triggers The TDMA command uses DMA channel 3 Select TDMA Transfer from the Master menu and the dialog box in Figure 6 20 appears User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 147 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference PCI Exerciser Master DMA Transfer on PBT Trigger x Src Start Adr 30000000 Direction pcr to Local Bg Src End Adr 300FFFFF DHA Channel PCI to PCI Dst fidr 100000 Local to PCI Local to Local Repeat count iB 8 is forever cancel Figure 6 22 Master TDMA command ZE PCI Exerciser iof x PCI tdma 38888888 388FFFFF 188888 pl PCI _ New Address 00000066 Figure 6 23 The result of the TDMA command in the Exerciser window Exerciser The following command format is used to execute the TDMA command from the prompt PCI Exerciser prompt PCI tdma lt src_addr_start gt src addr end lt dst_addr gt lt dir gt lt repeat gt The arguments are described in Table 6 8 Description Default Required Optional peo es e A address of the area EL esee address of the area an addr Destination address base i ai Ip local to PCI memory pl PCI to local memory pp PCI to PCI memory ll local to local memo repeat Number of times 0 is forever to 1 LO d e eee i 148 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer a
235. nting function keys GNT sampling slot specific signals GNT GNT latching 35 Event Patterns jumpers goto operator graph display options graphical user interface groups halt 116 halt all halt operator hardware hardware counters hardware problems help contents search for help on using help HiAddr hide signal fields 56 histogram histograms 100 history buffers idle interval IDSEL if elsif else operator immediate start incrementing address 129 128 84 213 129 128 128 187 34 131 131 131 131 132 131 196 35 36 35 188 198 35 35 77 133 41 37 130 116 79 32 92 31 50 123 124 124 191 197 94 132 49 103 188 76 130 27 indents Sequencer 75 initialize 117 inputs external 34 insert 113 operators 65 67 71 signal fields 56 insert comment 174 insert end of loop 174 insert loop 174 insert pause 174 insert wait 174 installing 90 PMC test adapter 16 BusView 17 top spacer 15 int 177 INT A D 188 intack 159 Intel format integers 216 internally generated bits 219 interrupt 177 interrupts 30 interupt acknowledge 159 INTP 188 INTS 188 IRDY 187 IW 190 J10 35 36 Jil 35 36 J13 236 J14 236 J15 231 J17 225 231 236 J18 225 231 236 J19 136 177 J28 36 J8 23 119 231 J9 225 231 jump edge options 204 first line 126 last line 126 line number 127 marker Y 126 marker Y Z 204 marker Z 126 trigger line 126 jump next error 115 jump pre
236. ode Sampling Opti ons and the dialog box in Figure 8 4 appears This dialog box is similar to the one described in Section 6 2 9 1 for BusView except for the Sample either option Make the selection whether to sample GNT s or Ext bits and then the selected option can be inserted into the Event Patterns window as described aboveunderAddi ng Field Columns 8 1 3 4 Edit the Sequencer Single Event Mode The Sequencer can be described as a state machine as explained in Section 4 7 2 In Single Event mode the Sequencer contains only one state which sets a Trigger Condition a Store condition and which Sampling mode to use Change of Trigger Condition To change the trigger condition to another event name simply enter the Event Patterns window and move the cursor to the wanted trigger event Change of Sampling Mode The default sampling mode is TRANSFER To change sampling mode to CLOCK execute the command Edit Sampling Mode Clock To change sampling mode to TRANSACTION execute the command Edit Sampling Mode Transaction no data Change of Trigger Position The default Trigger position is Start of Trace Change the trigger position by selecting Edi t Tri gger Position User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 197 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 8 Terminal User Interface 8 1 3 5 Edit the Sequencer Sequencer Mode When a complex trigger co
237. oduct may perform bus monitoring in the background 3 4 4 Emulate a Board under Design In many cases a PCI board intended for a specific system is not available The PCI Exerciser can emulate this card as a Target or as a Master This way the software design can progress without waiting for the hardware The PCI Exerciser also contains a target interface that has its own address decoder for a user defined address window This may respond to accesses from another module 3 4 5 DMA Transfers The PCI Exerciser has the ability to act as a target or as an initiator with small and large DMA transfers The user can run up to three different DMA transfers at the same time and since the DMAs run in the background the DMA command can be used to produce bus traffic while other Exerciser commands are available for other purposes It is also possible to set up a DMA that transfers data between two other PCI agents via the PBT 515 3 4 6 Target Memory The module contains a 8 MByte target memory that can be located anywhere in the PCI address map by a command in the user interface Data can be written to and read from this memory as single cycles or as zero wait state burst cycles after initial latency This way the Exerciser can emulate a device or PCI board User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 29 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 3 Functional description
238. om 4 Operation BusView PCI Time History Curve lOwrite Session Function Options Utilities Window Help PCI 6 0MHz 32 Figure 4 58 The Time History Curve Max scale By default the histogram diagram has 100 as the maximum horizontal scale For better resolution of low readings the scale can be adjusted in steps down to 5 as the max reading Select Opt i ons Maxi mum scale 4 9 8 3 Bar Markers Normally the histogram is shown as a horizontal bar where the end point represents the last value read from the statistics counters A statistics session normally involves a series of counter readings so it may be desirable to get an indication of the lowest and highest values recorded and the average of all the counts The command Options Bar Markers Show gives the user a choice of minimum maximum and average markers on the histogram bars The bar markers are shown in Figure 4 59 100 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation BusView PCI Event Counting Histogram Function Options Utilities Window Help SHm Total mmber of samples 43712834 Max value Min value Average value PCIO PCI PCI3 13 13 13 5743627 5740492 5728957 PCI 33 3MHz 32 Figure 4 59 Bar markers showing minimum maximum and average values Reset bar The bar marke
239. om zero The cacheline size is set with the Opt ions command See Section 6 11 7 3 Example Open the Opt ions dialog box Set the cacheline size to 4 Do a DMA read of at least 32 bytes aligned on a 32 byte boundary At the command line it will look like this if the target of the DMA read is located at address 0x1000 PCI opt 10 4 PCI dma 1 1000 101c 0 pl 4 4 5 Bus Utilization Meter window 50 The Bus Utilization Meter is a real time Bus Utilization and Efficiency statistics that can run at all times as an active window on the screen in parallel with bus tracing or exercising The Bus Utilization Meter window can be displayed in several different ways as shown in the figures below and is controlled by the dialog box found under Utilities Bus Utilization Meter Options shownin Figure 4 10 The available options include three kinds of display modes histogram bars pie chart and time history curves the possibility to display only some of the 5 items and to change colors of each individually and the possibility to save the Statistics to file User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation PCI Bus Utilization PCI Bus Utilization Ea Pe E Transactions 20 m Data Total Jl Data Burst 60 Bl Data Retry I Efficiency ut Bus Utilization PCI Bus Utilization Ea E Overhead I Data
240. ommands Reference Print PCI Exerciser Data PCI Exerciser Figure 6 57 Print Exerciser 182 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 183 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 7 Signal Reference 7 SIGNAL REFERENCE 7 1 PCI Bus This chapter gives a complete reference to all the signals used by the PBT X 515 Figure 7 1 shows all the signals available on the PCI bus All the signals except the JTAG signals are monitored by the analyzer J AD 31 0 AD63 32 X Address amp Data C C BE 3 0 C BE 7 4 64 bits PAR PAR64 Extention REQ64 FRAME ACK64 TRDY Interface IRDY LOCK Hi Control STOP ENUM DEVSEL IDSEL INTP INTS Error PERR INTA Reporting SERR INTB Interrupts INTC Arbitration REQ INTD GNT Cache CLK SBO Support System RST SDONE Pd IEEE 1149 1 TCK TMS TRST Figure 7 1 PCI bus pin list with required signals to the left and optional signals to the right CompactPCI signals only Most PCI data transfers are accomplished using Burst Transfers A burst transfer consists of one single address phase followed by two or more data phases The start address and type of transaction are tran
241. on Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation 4 4 2 Trace Display Window Edit Search Jump Count Format Marker Utilities Window Help ConfRd MRdMul 6666AAAA Hemuri 66666606 MemWri 66660666 HMemuri 66666606 ence I 0Rd 88888888 BBBBBBBB 1 ORd 88888889 DDDDDDDD I 0Rd 88888888 EEEEEEEE MemRd FEDCBA9876543216 ence 11223344 55667788 MWrIny CAFECAFEABBAABBA Pr 3333222211110000 7777666655554444 66166068 66166666 66112233 66160004 44556677 661600606 66160068 662660606 80408000 33333333 86588805 1444554545 5 246us 158 12us 46ns 166ns 266ns 86ns 86ns 166ns 86ns 86ns 166ns 86ns 86ns 128ns 88ns 46ns 86ns 86ns 366ns 126ns 46ns CD MOM DU OO DONU 5 5 5 PCI 33 3MHz 32 Figure 4 4 The trace display window TRANSFER mode The Trace Display window is where the contents of the trace buffer are displayed The trace data may be displayed as an alphanumeric trace list as in Figure 4 4 or as waveforms The waveform display is shown in Figure 4 46 Multiple trace windows of either type may also be created The menu bar in the Trace Display window is tailored to perform efficient navigation searching and formatting of the trace data contents 4 4 3 Statistics Window The Statistics window is used to control and see the results of a statistics The operation A special menu bar is given providing a flexible and powerful Statistics tool environment for statistics measurements
242. on Volatile RAM on the board itself Only one trace at a time can be saved i e saving trace number 202 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 8 Terminal User Interface two will overwrite the trace already saved See Section 8 1 3 1 for a description of automatic trace save options 8 1 4 3 Jump Marker Y Z Moves the cursor to the marker Edge Options It is possible to jump to either falling edge rising edge or any edge The option is only available in CLOCK mode since CLOCK mode is the only sampling mode where the trace may be displayed as waveform diagrams 8 1 4 4 Format Time Div The user may change the x axis of a waveform The option is only available in CLOCK mode Absolute Relative Time Tags The trace can be displayed with absolute or relative time tags Absolute time tags means that every trace line is displayed with absolute time elapsed from the trigger sample Relative time tags means that the elapsed time from last sample is indicated User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 203 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 8 Terminal User Interface 8 1 4 5 Statistics Screen UHETRO PBT 415 Bf Session tet PCI Bus Statistics Options Utilities Quit Help Total Humber Of Samples z 795 Event Ho
243. onvenient to form triggers and storage filters In addition there are several signal groups that need further comments The Si ze field is a combination of four separate signals MUXED 64BIT FRAME and R DY and is used to specify classes of PCI bus cycles _MUXED is an internally generated signal indicating multiplexed address and data in trace memory _64BIT is an internally generated signal indicating 64 bits address or data User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 7 Signal Reference Predef MUXED _64BIT FRAME IRDY Comment Symbol 32 bits data trace line follows after a 64 bits trace line or A32 if no 64 bits support on target ae O RA NERA active request for 64 bits data 0O 1 Table 7 2 The size field 7 11 2 Status The Status signal is a combination of five signals DEVSEL STOP FRAME 1 RDY and TRDY Predef symb DEVSEL STOP FRAME IRDY TRDY TdwodTr 7 11 3 Err Table 7 4 The err field 7 11 4 State TheState field indicates the state of the bus i e if it is an address data phase whether the master IW the target TW or both W have inserted wait cycles etc The State field is available in CLOCK mode and in the Trace Display window in TRANSFER DETAILS mode See Table 7 5 below Tdwd z Target disconnect with da
244. ory as mysetup stp The next time the Load Predefined Setup dialog box is opened the new setup will be in the list The Open command returns a dialog box where the user may select which file to open Save as TheSave or Save as command saves the current setup or trace depending on which window is active A dialog box where the user can type a file name and location appears If a trace is being saved there will also be a question of how many lines of the trace are going to be saved Trace files can be saved both as binary files with extension trc and as ASCII files with extension tra ASCII files can then be opened and edited in any other text editor The Print command returns a dialog box asking for a name of the trace file trace buffer and how many lines to print see Figure 6 2 It is not possible to print the setup window The print icon is only visible in the Trace Display window User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 109 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Print Trace Title C MANUALS MYTRACE First Line Last Line Figure 6 2 The Print Trace dialog box 6 1 6 Printer Setup The Printer Setup command returns a dialog box where the user may define which printer to use 6 1 7 Save Settings on Exit Saves the BusView settings on exit 6 1 8 Exit The Exi t command exits BusView
245. ows side by side The Tile Vertically Vertically tool bar button 6 7 4 Arrange Icons The Arrange Icons command arranges all the iconized windows nicely at The the bottom of the BusView main window Arrange Icons tool bar button User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 121 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference 6 7 5 Alphanumeric List The Al phanumeric List command opens an alphanumeric list of the The current trace buffer More than one list can be open at the same time Alphanumeric List tool bar button 6 7 6 Waveform The Waveform command opens a waveform display of the current trace The buffer More than one waveform display can be open at the same time Waveform tool bar button 6 7 7 Select Window The Se ect Window command opens the dialog box in Figure 6 7 where the user can select which window to be displayed in front Select Window Ed TIM_PCI Setup PCI Setup Figure 6 7 The Select Window dialog box 6 8 Help Menu The He p menu contains a full featured On line Help manual for BusView 6 8 1 Contents The Cont ent s command opens the List of Contents of the Help file The Contents tool bar button 122 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com
246. patterns Signal fields The nsert command is used to insert new event patterns and signal fields into the Event Patterns window and signal fields into the Trace Display window When inserting event patterns place the cursor below the event pattern where the new pattern should be inserted and select Edi t nsert press the nsert button at the tool bar or press the NS key at the keyboard When inserting signal fields place the cursor on the signal field to the right of where the new one should be inserted and select Edi t nsert press the nsert button at the tool bar or press the NS key at the keyboard 6 2 7 Open Sequencer The Open Sequencer command opens the Sequencer for editing A dialog box appears asking whether it is OK to leave Single Event mode The Sequencer can also be opened by pressing the TAB key in the Setup window or by double clicking in the Sequencer window For further information regading the Sequencer and Single Event mode see Sections 3 6 3 and 4 7 6 2 8 Trigger Position EERE The Trigger Position is defined in a secondary pull down menu with selections for Start 0 25 Middle 50 75 and End 100 of trace The selected trigger position is reflected in the Sequencer program e At Start of Trace At 25 of Trace At 50 of Trace At 75 of Trace At End of Trace 6 2 9 Sampling Mode 112 The Sampling mode is selected in a secondary pull down menu and allows the
247. pe the new name MyEvent and then CR to close DEL Type DEL to clear or delete the event Clear Remove Select Clear contents to set all fields in the event to don t care Select Remove event to remove the event pattern entirely Type ESC to close the box without doing anything Event MyEvent lt Clear contents lt Remove event gt lt Cancel gt Adding Events INS Type INS to insert an event above the current event The new event will be a copy of the current one Events can also be added at the end of the list Place the cursor one line beyond the last event and then type INS 196 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 8 Terminal User Interface GNT Latching and External Inputs The principles for the GNT latching and the external inputs are the same with terminal user interface as described for BusView in Section 3 6 1 1 and Section 3 6 1 2 The only difference is how to enable the GNT latching PCI bus options Bus width CD 32 bit Sample either gt GNTH or lt 8 EXT bits Iransfer Mode sampling options 1 Include Transfer Details 31 Include Parity Error Cycles X Include Target Disconnect w o Data and Target Retry Cycles Ok gt Cancel gt Figure 6 4 cnt latching using a terminal user interface To enable GNT latching select Edi t Sampling M
248. pling mode to CLOCK has to be done from the tool bar or from the Edi t menu Change event e Double click on any event expression in the Sequencer Event expression expressions are displayed in brackets Or e Select an event expression and press CR User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 69 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation Event Expression Edit the event expression using the following keys lt INS gt Insert an event lt DEL gt Delete an item lt DOWN gt Change an event OR 3 AND NOT Left bracket Right bracket PCI 6 PCI1 PCI2 Figure 4 39 Edit event expressions The dialog box appears with possibilities to create complex event expressions from the events defined in the Event Patterns window Using the combinatorial operators AND OR and NOT are explained in Section 4 7 5 5 New operators are inserted above the current cursor position Insert new e Press the INS key operators BE Select nsert from the tool bar q The Insert tool bar or button e Select nsert fromthe Edi t menu e Double click below the last line if inserting states at the bottom of the Sequencer A pop up menu with all the available operators to insert at that state level appears Select the desired operator Operators are deleted by placing the cursor on the line to be deleted and doing one of the following Deleti
249. prompt in the Exerciser window In Figure 1 6 the Exerciser is doing a display of the local user memory See Section 6 11 for a description of how to use the PCI Exerciser 1 2 1 Getting Started Using a Terminal User Interface Sampling The PBT X 515 can also be operated from an ASCII terminal such as the VT100 or compatible The following steps have to be carried out before the terminal is ready to run nstall the PBT 515 according to Section 2 2 or the PBTM 515 according to Section 2 3 e Follow the instructions in Section 2 5 for establishing a connection between the terminal and the PBT X 515 If everything proceeded correctly the terminal should now display the setup screen shown in Figure 1 7 The Setup screen is divided in two the Event Patterns window and the Sequencer window For further information about the Setup screen read Section 4 4 1 and Section 8 1 3 The PBT X 515 has three main sampling modes CLOCK TRANSFER default and TRANSACTION mode In addition there is a fourth sampling mode which is a mixture of the CLOCK and TRANSFER sampling modes Section 3 5 includes a detailed description of the sampling modes User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 7 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 1 Getting Started Trace Run Quit CLOCK mode Trace Run Type T and lt R gt to execute the command Tr ac e Run The T
250. puts whereof Ext 4 can be used as a trigger condition In order to do so a cable has to be drawn between the Ext 4 pin on the PXMEM8M PB and the source of the trigger signal Figure 5 3 The external inputs on the PXMEMSM PB 5 4 Trace Decode The PXMEM8M PB trace display does not support demultiplexing of the address and data phase i e one transaction is presented as two trace lines the first one being the address phase and the last one being the data phase This is different from the trace display on the PBT 515 and introduces a few new terms to the Size field and the Status field To be able to decode the different samples three housekeeping bits are used AddrPh A64Dta and Burst By looking at these three bits and the combination of FRAMEZ IRDY TRDY DEVSEL STOP and ACK64 the type of cycle can be determined SAC pc mU EE FALSE x vai x TRUE TRUE TRUE FALSE TRUE x u rase rrue rrue rrue rrue x Haus reve frue freue soe freue vaia r a mu wa AEE a Sane ETT EAE eu Ea uu E eee A E Master Abort FALSE x x rarse rarse rarse rarse rarse x Figure 5 4 New mnemonics in the PXMEMSM PB trace User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 105 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 5 PXMEM8M PB Extended Memory SAC SACi DAC DACi MCT 106 Specially generated to be able to
251. quencies will typically require a smaller window update parameter As bus cycle frequency increases the window update parameter should be increased to prevent the utility from updating the window unnecessarily and to reduce the effect of the idle interval It is important to note that during histogram updates there is an idle interval of approximately 225 us when the counters are being read by the processor During this interval the counters are inactive and no bus traffic is recorded Normally this idle interval is negligible especially when high update rates and or Reset mode is used Although the counters are re enabled before any screen update takes place which is inherently slow due to the serial line the idle interval may influence the measurements in certain applications Especially if the application calls for accurate counting of bus cycles one should restrict this kind of measurement to a number of cycles less than the update rate up to 1M cycles The update rate will automatically be reduced if BusView is not able to refresh the window Activating menus or other applications reduce the CPU time left for refreshing the Statistics window User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Reset Mode Accumulate 4 Operation In Reset mode the displayed value is the counter reading shown as a percentage of
252. r Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 2 Installation 2 INSTALLATION 2 1 Static Electricity Precautions Before unpacking the PBT X 515 from its shipping container make sure that it takes place in an environment with controlled static electricity The following recommendations should be followed Make sure your body is discharged to the static voltage level on the floor table and system chassis by wearing the enclosed conductive wrist strap or similar e If a conductive wrist strap is not available touch the surface where the board is to be put like table chassis etc before unpacking the board Leave the board only on surfaces with controlled static characteristics i e specially designed anti static table covers e If handing the board over to another person first touch this persons hand wrist etc to discharge any static potential 2 2 Preparations PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer and Exerciser 2 2 1 Inspection Make sure that the PBT 515 you have received is according to your purchase order with respect to model With the PBT 515 you should find the following accessories e A small plastic bag containing an anti ESD wrist wrap A Trigger Output cable with BNC Coax connector for triggering of an oscilloscope or another instrument from the PBT 515 part number 4945 K 24 e Two thin probe wires Patch chords with test clips part number
253. r group a NOT operator is available in many cases allowing the specified value to be treated as true if the condition does not occur This allows conditions like Data 0000 0000 Range Each of the four word recognizers allows ranges to be specified on both the PCI bus address and data indicating functions like X lt Address lt Y Note that the bounds of a range can take any value i e one is not restricted to a 2 size range Outside Outside range can also be obtained by using the NOT operator on an address or range data range 3 6 3 Sequencer The Sequencer is a triggering state machine allowing the analyzer to trigger not only on one particular event pattern or cycle but also a sequence or combination of such see Figure 3 8 To trigger on the most complex problems the PBT X 515 analyzer is equipped with 16 triggering levels of which 15 are user editable and with 20 bits event counters allowing up to 1M occurrences of an event in the trigger program Sequencer The example in Figure 3 8 shows how to utilize multiple count and delay program statements to form a complex trigger condition Delay counters are included providing programmable delays anywhere in the triggering sequence This is particularly useful in real time systems User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 37 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 3 Functional descrip
254. race window displays a snap shot of the current bus activity see Figure 1 8 The contents of the Trace Display window depends on the current bus traffic Type Q to quit the Trace Display screen and return to the Setup screen Change sampling mode to CLOCK mode by selecting Edi t Sampling Mode Clock from the menu bar Notice that the first line in the Sequencer window now displays Sampling in CLOCK mode METRO PBT 515 PCI Bus finalyzer Trace BijtgsicisEQs NE FOIS ETT a E E IS EESTI PCI Event Patterns 4 size Burst Ctomnand fiddress Data BE Status Err IHTx Ext7h finyThing XXXX X XXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX XXXXX XXXX XXXX PCIG XXXX XXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX XXXXX XXXX XXXX PCI1 XXXX XXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX XXXXX XXXX XXXX PCI2 XXXX XXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX XXXXX XXXX XXXX PCI3 XXXX XXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX XXXXX XXXX XXXX PCI Sequencer Sampling in TRANSFER mode Store ALL If finyThing then Trigger at START of trace Ok lt PF2 Window gt lt W Nxt wnd gt Figure 1 7 The Setup screen terminal view Type T and lt R gt to execute the command Tr ace Run once more The Trace window opens again By selecting waveform from the Window menu the waveform version of the Trace Display window appears The waveform window is shown in Figure 1 9 To avoid sampling while the PCI bus is idle it is necessar
255. ram for IBM compatible PCs It offers a number of valuable features that help you take full advantage of the PBT X 515 product e A VT100 emulator program tailored for the PBT X 515 e Facilitates firmware upgrade through the serial port e Allows trace dump load to from file on a PC e A powerful script language In addition to emulating a standard 25 lines x 80 character VT100 screen the VT100 also allows you to take advantage of a 50 lines x 80 character display on VGA and VGA compatible display adapters The VT100 will by default use the COM1 port Using the COM2 port is controlled by the P option COM3 and COM4 are not supported VT100 is dependent of the driver ANSI SYS Make sure that your config sys file includes the following statement device c dos ansi sys If you do not find this or a similar statement locate the directory where ansi sys resides on your PC normally c orc dos and add the above statement with correct path to conf i g sys The PC needs to be restarted to reflect changesin config sys User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 205 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 8 Terminal User Interface I iin at prions E pesca a Select baud rate pe00HOKOISKAISTKGH ASK ooo O v CO80IMOMO Set display adapter mode 16 color mode CGA EGA VGA SVGA or mono chrome mode MDA or Hercules only h 2514
256. re q Q Esc or to quit or any other key to continue Because the Exertrg signal is turned off after user input it can only be used as trigger when the analyzer is sampling in CLOCK mode i e in TRANSFER mode it can be turned off before a cycle appears on the bus It is recommended to run the test with single cycles when the Exertrg trigger signal is taken into use in the analyzer because the trigger signal is asserted during the verify process When burst cycles are used an error can occur in the first transfer of the burst but the trigger signal will not be asserted until the burst is finished and the verify process has started 6 11 3 9 Compare Master menu 152 The Compare command allows the user to repeatedly read PCI Memory space or PCI I O space and compare the data with a given pattern Select Compare from the Master menu and the dialog box in Figure 6 28 appears PCI Exerciser Master Compare Eg Address space Ivo 4 Start address 80000999 End address B03FFFFF Local address 000090 Cycle type I Single Data size Byte 4 Data Type Local Memory aj Data value 1 Byte 2 Byte 4 Byte Repeat count i 8 is Forever cancet_ User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Figure 6 28 Master Compare command me PCI Exerciser PCI
257. rements The PC system where BusView is to be installed must meet the following requirements e Have Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows 2000 or Windows NT 3 5x or 4 0 installed and running e Pentium PC e Have at least 16 Mbytes RAM Have at least 40 Mbytes of free disk space e Have at least one free serial port for connection to the PBT 515 BusView can run in off line mode to inspect previously captured traces stored on files even when no serial port is available or one USB port 2 4 2 Installing BusView on the PC To install BusView on a PC perform the following steps e Start Windows if not already running The BusView installation program runs under Windows nsert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive Follow the instructions in the installation program If the installation program does not start automatically run the file Setup exe on the BusView CD ROM When the installation has finished the BusView icon can be found on the desktop and on the Windows Start menu 2 4 3 RS 232 or USB BusView can communicate with the PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer over a traditional RS 232 serial cable or over USB Universal Serial Bus depending on which operating system the PC is running Win98 Win2000 Supports both RS 232 and USB Win95 WinNT 3 5 and 4 0 Supports only RS 232 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 17 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE
258. repeat twice c PCI Configuration space Placeauser The value argument specifies which kind of pattern to be used Using defined value l in conjunction with the 1o0cal addr argument causes the pattern pattern on atlocal addr to be used the bus A user defined pattern can be filled into the local user memory area starting with local addr before the Cycle Sequence command is started This can be done using the Local Fillandthe Local Modify commands See also the Save and Load commands for saving patterns to disk Section 6 11 5 6 11 3 11 Exercise The Exercise command allows the user to read and write cycles with different data size i e if a memory area a pattern and a PCI Write command is selected the pattern is applied to the PCI bus three times presuming repeat count is 1 first 156 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference with a data size of 1 byte second with a data size of 2 bytes and third with a data size of 4 bytes Master menu Select Exercise from the Master menu and the dialog box in Figure 6 32 appears PCI Exerciser Master Exercise 66666666 68 666666 ESD Figure 6 32 Master Exercise command PCI Exerciser PCI x 8888888 ABBACAFE b Please wait _ Exerciser The following command format is used to execute the E
259. ress 06066000 Figure 6 21 The result of the DMA command in the Exerciser window The following command format is used to execute the DMA command from the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI dma lt channel gt lt src_addr_start gt lt src_addr_end gt lt dst_addr gt lt dir gt lt repeat gt The arguments are described in Table 6 8 Description Default channel DMA channel 1 2 or3 pep eene qn address of the area L iru a address of the area e addr Destination address base Ip local to PCI memory pl PCI to local memory pp PCI to PCI memory ll local to local memo Lo om repeat the DMA transfer Table 6 8 The arguments of the DMA command PCI dma 3 100000 200000 0 pp 4 dma DMA command 3 DMA channel 3 100000 PCI source start address 200000 PCI source end address 0 PCI destination address pp PCI to PCI transfer 4 repeat 4 times In other words a DMA transfer of 0x100004 bytes from PCI address 0x 100000 to PCI address 0x0 is executed 4 times using DMA channel 3 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com DMA write Status line information Arbitration 6 Commands Reference A user defined pattern can be filled into the local user memory area starting with local addr before the DMA transfer is started T
260. result in switching between BusView child windows TAB Switches between the Event Patterns window and the Sequencer window Within dialog boxes TAB The TAB key moves the cursor from one editable field to another Space Makes selections both select and deselect ESC The ESC key closes an unwanted dialog box or menu Undo Copy Cut and Paste These very useful commands are implemented the same way and with the same control characters as in other Windows applications and are available both in the Edi t menu with control characters and at the tool bar 4 3 Multiple BusView Sessions Several sessions of BusView can be run simultaneously to exercise and monitor PCI traffic in several systems One session of BusView requires one PBT X 515 board and one cable connected between the board and a serial port in the PC This way one session can control a PBT 515 connected to COMI another session can control a PBT 515 connected to COMO and a third session can control a PBT 515 connected with USB In order for a BusView session to know which board it is controlling the user must specify a session specific parameter file for each session Specifying the When BusView is installed a BusView icon is placed on the desktop of the PC parameter file Mark the icon with the mouse and press the right mouse button Select properties from the pull down menu to open the dialog box in Figure 4 2 Append a parameter file name to the Target field in the Short
261. rol commands eese tenente tnter te tentenenens Table 7 3 Function keys in script files sse eterne tenente tenentes Table 9 1 The nhLastRunScrPad field essere teet tenente nte tenentes Table 9 2 The Main Header cette ti trente te Seen debet tab ri cese eet CESEN ias Table 9 3 Details of the time tag variables sse eterne teens User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 12 Appendix Table 9 4 The Cmd Byte Enable variable TRANSFER mode eere 216 Table 9 5 The Cmd Byte Enable variable CLOCK mode eere 216 Table 9 6 Converting time tags to time values essere tenente 217 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 243 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com rtisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 13 Index ANSLSYS 206 13 INDEX 1 arbitration 34 DMA channels 148 pdi 110 arrange icons 122 stp 110 ASCII file dump 91 110 _64BIT 189 backup battery 23 119 _AD64 219 bar markers 101 132 _Burst 219 average 101 _Extract 219 maximum 101 MUXED 189 219 minimum 101 _PBATTRG 219 reset 102 _PTIMTRG 219 battery 23 119 Start 219 baud rate 181 212 Wai
262. roup Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 3 Functional description As can be seen from Figure 3 4 the PBT X 515 contains a substantial amount of hardware functionality This is achieved through four advanced ASICs designed and developed by VMETRO called the Bus Tracer Chips BTC These devices implement all the sample acquisition recognition and storage capabilities of the board as well as numerous counters for statistics and time measurements This gives the PBT X 515 remarkable performance and functionality like sampling rates up to 66MHz in CLOCK or TRANSFER mode advanced triggers as well as store filters and occurrence and delay counters Ext PCI bus inputs 91 signals Slot specific signals lil mes Latency Sampling Z counter Tag registers X Clock generation Address Cmd Demux d n 4 x Word 4 8 Recognizers Trace Buffer Statistics 128x64K 256K counters Processor PROM RAM Serial Ports Figure 3 4 Block diagram of the PCI Analyzer Trigger Output PC Term E PC SB 3 6 1 Sampling Stage Time tag Absolute time Relative time Latency counter The sampling stage contains sampling registers and PLL based clock generation circuitry to ensure correct sampling of the target bus In order to measure elapsed time between each sample stored in the trace buffer the sampling stage also includes a time tag counter The value o
263. rs can be reset separately or all together manually or auto reset markers every time interval See Figure 4 60 Reset Markers x uera T g Minimum e Reset Now Autoreset Every 1 Figure 4 60 Reset bar markers 4 9 8 4 Count Options In Event Counting mode there are several user selectable options available Select Opti ons Count Options and the dialog box in Figure 4 61 appears User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 101 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation Qualifier Update Every Note 102 Count Options Qualifier e Count All Samples Count Valid Only Update Every Sample Count of 64k a Samples Time Interval of a Seconds Mode Accumulate Figure 4 61 The Count Options dialog box The Qualifier selects whether all samples or valid samples should be sampled Valid samples are samples matching the selected events in the Select Events dialog box shown in Figure 4 51 The user may choose if the window should be updated after a number of samples or after a given time Updating after a given time insures a steady update rate Simple experimentation with the display control will assist the user to quickly determine the optimum parameter needed to acquire the maximum recording resolution for the application under test Applications generating low bus cycle fre
264. run session run loop run multiple run PCI run script S SAC SACi sample storage stage sampled signals sampling CLOCK Ext3 or GNT Ext4 or REQ Ext5 or PME parity cycles parity errors retry target disconnect target retry cycles TRANSACTION 104 155 133 37 59 59 37 37 92 193 33 83 83 57 197 35 36 35 188 189 39 121 122 134 180 180 24 24 225 186 130 93 173 116 116 172 168 107 107 38 32 31 36 36 36 114 32 32 32 115 32 TRANSFER 13 Index 31 TRANSFER DETAILS 31 sampling mode change sampling options sampling operator sampling options sampling rate sampling stage sampling status save desktop settings trace to file save settings on exit save to NV RAM save trace options save save as SBO scale statistics scan config space screen refresh script comments insert comment insert end of loop insert loop insert pause insert wait load run run loop show silent mode start recording stop stop recording script files function keys script language scroll bar scrollable area SDONE search edge options edit search pattern extract next edge next match previous edge previous match search search for help on search tools searching User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 113 134 61 70 198 114 76 114 33 33 116 121 168 182 120 9 111 204 194 110 188 128 133 101 30 161 193 29 174 17
265. s 17 PC serial port parameters 19 PCB revision 122 233 PCI bus optional signals 185 PCI commands Memory Read Line 51 Memory Read Multiple 51 Memory Write and Invalidate 50 PCI connector 12 PCI Interrupts 30 PCI Mezzanine Card 25 PCIO PCI3 53 pdi 110 percentage completed 120 performance analysis 30 PERR 188 PMC 25 PME 186 sampling 36 port settings 19 119 position trigger 38 possible states 69 power external 12 power consumption PBT 515 12 PBTM 515 14 predefined expression ALL 76 AnyThing TI NOTHING 76 predefined patterns 53 predefined setup 109 pdi 110 add new 110 prescale value time tag 218 presentation 27 previous edge 125 previous match 125 print 110 182 printer setup 111 product overview 25 program Sequencer 73 Sequencer 69 pull down menus 41 PXMEM8M PB 105 external inputs 106 trace decode 106 triggering 105 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com q qualifier range 64 bits edit NOT range outside range real time statistics refresh screen relative time Trace window remove signals Trace window rename event rename events REQ sampling slot specific signals REQ REQ64 pull up resistors requirements BusView reset analyzer reset Exerciser reset mode retry_master retry_target RS 232 cables RS232 connection firmware upgrade RS 323 RST
266. s 55 signal fields add 56 197 clear 56 197 delete 56 edit 54 hide 56 197 insert 56 select 56 signal group 37 signal groups 189 signal polarity 54 signal selection 83 signal templates 60 silent mode 175 simulated hardware 120 simulated LEDs 121 simulator diskette 206 Single Event mode 61 leaving 64 return to 70 terminal 198 Size 55 189 216 _64BIT 189 _MUXED 189 slot top spacer 15 slot selection 12 target only 12 136 slot specific signals 34 software problems 31 spacer 90 PMC test adapter 16 installing 15 top 15 special 160 special cycle 160 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com specials speed stacking PMC modules start of trace start on trigger start recording start up menu state active state machine state number Sequencer static electricity statistics bar markers Burst Distribution Bus Profile Bus Transfer Rate Bus Utilization Command Distribution counter driven data burst data total efficiency Event Counting event selection file format histograms import to Excel run save to file scale time history curves trace driven transaction time Statistics screen Statistics window Status status line clock rate 122 181 15 38 130 173 22 190 75 37 69 75 11 39 101 97 96 96 94 98 92 95 95 95 93 93 134 100 134 93 134 101 100 92 94 46
267. s on the PCI bus with known characteristics This is useful for testing new boards or to assist in debugging of faulty boards The PCI Exerciser can also be used to inspect or patch data in memory without intervening with the operation of the other masters on the PCI bus 28 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 3 Functional description 3 4 2 Simultaneous Master and PCI Analysis The PCI Exerciser can be used simultaneously with the powerful PCI bus analysis features of the product Together these two functions provide a remarkable set of analyzing features As an example the Exerciser may run a Memory Test while the analyzer is capturing the bus activity If the Exerciser finds that memory test fails it generates a trigger to the analyzer so that the failing cycle and preceeding cycles can be inspected 3 4 3 Script Function Allows Automated Testing A built in script engine allows test scripts to be created with a convenient record and playback function Scripts are recorded by manually running through the various commands of the Exerciser Several scripts can be stored and retrieved for later use Each script can consist of sequences of bus cycles of any kind with varying sizes cycle types etc The script playback function can be set to run single multiple or infinite playbacks while the analyzer part of the pr
268. san Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Target disconnect w o data Target Retry When a master initiates a transfer and the target somehow has to abort the transaction the master will try again until the target has received the data or a time out mechanism runs out Select the Include Target disconnect without Data and Target Retry cycles option if both the target disconnect without data cycle and the target retry cycles are to be sampled If the option is not selected none of the cycles are sampled or displayed For a regular analysis of the bus traffic this option only complicates the trace data but if the purpose of the analysis is to investigate the performance on the bus during a target disconnect without data cycle or to find the number of retries before time out this option is very useful 6 3 Compare Menu 6 3 1 Trace Compare The Trace Compare command starts a trace compare of two traces if a compare is already initiated with the Trace Compare Options command If a compare is not initiated the Trace Compare Options dialog box is opened See Section 4 8 1 6 6 3 2 Trace Compare Options The Trace Compare Options displays a dialog box where the user can initialize a trace compare of two traces See Section 4 8 1 6 6 3 3 Jump Next Error The Jump Next Error command jumps to the next erroneous line in the trace buffer 6 3
269. san Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com C BE 3 0 187 C BE 7 4 189 cable coax 24 connect 18 external power 24 PC 24 RS 232 24 temperature sensor 24 terminal 24 transparent mode 24 cables 24 cables and accessories 24 cascade 122 change event expression 70 sampling mode 61 70 trigger position 66 circular memory 38 clear 112 signal fields 56 197 clear buffer Exerciser window 50 clear non volatile memory 119 CLK 186 clock rate detection 33 CLOCK sampling 8 31 accumulate mode 104 COM port 206 Command Distribution 98 132 comment in script files 174 communication 118 connect 119 disconnect 119 port settings 119 communication parameters 19 terminal 21 CompactPCI INTS INTP ENUM 188 compare 153 traces 86 config cycles upstream 162 config scan 30 161 config sys 206 configuration cycle address 139 140 143 configuration cycles 1960 response 136 configure Exerciser form PCI 136 177 connect 119 show percentage completed 120 connection 19 cable 18 problems 20 terminal 21 connector 64 bits boards 12 contents 123 continue 130 control panel 44 copy 112 copy event 58 count 127 count operator T count options 102 133 accumulate mode 104 134 qualifier 133 reset mode 104 134 update every 103 133 counter driven 92 counters 92 delay 37 event 37 statistics 39 current active state 75 current consumption PBT 515 1
270. scatau ve Keen mu a ERU S aces DEDE du MI EER 20 Rr c Miu dii iiri s 20 3 4 7 Generate PCI Interrupts desee o aoi ean aq ibaduics dis n RR A p Mv DE bo uide 30 3 4 8 Scan PCI I C M 30 25 Sampling MOUBS civcenik vin Ee UQQR eM FEE HR QE IN ei rordipi RU re EUMQUE E EDU a QN ERE EVE QUA 30 3 3 LG Sampling m 31 3 53 2 TRANSFER Sampling E 31 3 5 2 1 TRANSFER DETAILS Sampling seessssessssesssseessssseesesssesesessesseensessessess 32 3 3 3 TRANSACTION Samplin S occisa e i a 32 3 6 Mam Blocks s AnalyvZeE ese on oen ott RN NR EENR EAE FUA ERE MN E REM IMRR MRNA ERR UNE REN ERN RN UN 32 3 0 1 Sampling Sta ee c 33 3 60 11 Extetnal INp tS 34 ES NE CN TH Ere PERO EE 35 3 6 1 3 Shared Signals PES ES 15 deapuuu en head tais reed vas vox tiu RARI Ne bI Qe Regn US 36 3 6 1 4 Shared Signals e PBANMSS D3 aecsee be iieri bei v er men ed ER ERR RI ESSE UES 36 3 6 2 Word Recognition Triggering SAIS aerei sa tecto bnt inta ete ud ad pda 36 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser vii Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com CONTENTS 3 0 3 ITI DUI C 37 3 0 4 Sample Storage SIIEO ees ead pni tux ds tiq a nap terapii D te eara i Er eaS EnS 38 EX 1 Trac UGC T 38 A0 L2 AOL POSTON aede aeri todo tiri et critical inei pbiv Lima fua uds ona bs S
271. see the difference between Target Disconnect Without Data TDWOD and Target Retry TRTRY It also distinguishes real address samples from inserted address cycles Single Address Command Single Address Command inserted Used when the trigger sample is within a burst i e when the actual address has never occurred on the bus or when the store qualifier makes two successive trace lines contain data from two different bursts Dual Address Command Dual Address Command inserted Used when the trigger sample is within a burst i e when the actual address has never occurred on the bus or when the store qualifier makes successive trace lines contain data from different bursts Master Completion Termination User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 5 PXMEM8M PB Extended Memory User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 107 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference 6 COMMANDS REFERENCE 6 1 File Menu BusView handles files for storage of Setups and Traces The Fi le menu contains all the commands for saving printing and exiting 6 1 1 New Setup LX The New Setup tool bar button The New setup command creates a new setup in the default configuration This is useful if the user wants to create a number of dif
272. seessesesreesersrrseresersserreesressreereses 55 4 5 1 5 Adding Signal Field Columns eseseeeseseeseeseresesreesetsrirrerserssrrrresreserseresee 55 4 5 1 6 Renaming Deleting Adding and Copying Entire Events 56 4 5 2 Address Data Options Js ecce ttp rto ictu ta tet Etpe tenia EO tc Metab dette 57 4 5 3 Different Signal Temp lave siccosasvasscsaceaasinsieasesacinseraaeeateans sauce RR RHONE a DU I EIS 59 4 6 Stngle Event Mode m 60 4 6 1 1 Editing the Single Event cen e ne sauceccatce vactrateascundesacenssesoneauacanecaerde d tapas 60 4 7 Seguencer WHO lr 61 viii User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com CONTENTS NNNM 61 4 17 2 Sequencer a State Machine oi ededmitb e oai E ev Aden n idet xeaanceaiecdagiececenionde 68 2 1 3 Open e UR DEBE oso diver pini taedio NO E E ex sup ste iate did 68 4 7 3 1 Return to Single Event MO ei protie Esp Roma ddsci iu hens aisi bb pique Cas dGe 69 ATA BIGSSBDUEHOBI cuente Rute oa Mae EE E 69 7 3 SHTIBODGOr BOlefBI ee aint ul aaro oct ediuo trien coa irin aE aniei ID RUM ped 71 4 7 5 1 General Structure of a State Rm 71 213 2 SEQUENCER MODUS gei isone nE E ERR E ee T3 ATIS OPET OTS e ETT 75 4 7 5 4 Implicit Actions Transitions ssseeseseeeeseesessee
273. ser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Master menu Exerciser prompt Note Note 6 Commands Reference Select Config Scan from the Master menu to run the Config Scan command The following command format is used to execute the Config Scan command from the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI scan Figure 6 36 shows an example of execution of the Config Scan command First the PBT 515 target status is displayed then the other detected PCI devices In this example the first device detected is bridge device from PLX which is enabled for memory access in the area 0x24000000 0x2403ffff and OxO Ox7f The next device is displayed by pressing the Next button at the bottom of the Exerciser window or with CR The Quit button or the q Q Esc or keys terminates the scan he PCI Exerciser DE x PCI scan 3e PBT 515 PCI Analyzer amp Exerciser xxxxxxxxx Target memory 0x8 Ox7fffff Disabled HHHHHHHHHHHHHHX Device on current Dus sss3a33 3 3 3 3 3 ccc PCI device at address 6x26666 Class Bridge Device Device Vendor ID 6x9666 16b5 Vendor PLX Technology Master Mem I0 enabled Ves Ves No Memory 8x8 8x7f I0 8x8 8x7f Memory 8x248088888 Ox2463FFFF New Address 00000006 Figure 6 36 Config Scan command PCI configuration space can only be scanned down stream i e it is not possible to do configuration cyc
274. set Noccurrences of Event Expression then Where vis a number from 2 t01048575 Anf statement is equivalent to a Count 1 statement Up to 4 Count statements can be used in a Sequencer program User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Delay Note Trigger Note 4 Operation The term with reset in the Count symbol indicates that if this statement is inside a loop made with Got o the counter starts from zero when this term is reentered Del ay controls timers that can be used to delay a certain time before the Sequencer program is allowed to advance to the next state Syntax Delay w ns us ms then if Event Expression gt then Where wis a number of the given delay unit ns us or ms The delay time can be minimum 60ns maximum 503ms Up to 3 Del ay statements can be used in a Sequencer program When state 1 contains a delay statement the delay counter starts to count between 500 900 us before the sampling is started This means that delays less than this time have no meaning in state 1 The delay counter can be synchronized by putting an f ANYTHI NG then before the first delay The delay counter will then start to count when the first sample occurs on the bus after the sampling is started A construction like Del ay El si f can be used to exit a delay interval on a certain condition
275. seta seta seen 13 EP Fe Ai ATS ce LOTES DEM 13 2 3 Power COUSIN LO o chilean sd Js eect cgi dui Cul ute RAUM M de te dd tap UM ides 14 2 3 3 Top Spa er for Stacking ea ye casciycececsaedeuncacavacacsenucces a aacemeuduaacienecaieenucaarenaecaaentee 15 20 41 Installing th Top SDRUSE aodio ridi r iu eon e pcd rn 15 2 32007 PME Test Adapter soie eva de spade amada iba en iu SN ES 16 2 3 4 1 Installing the 90 PMC T st Adaptet ccccsacsecstacecenetiasedvievasteseseancenvizeseuretes 16 2 4 BusView for Windows Graphical User Interface eeesooesooessocsssecssocssoosccosssseessee 17 24 1 System PR CUMIN fee cored I7 21 2 Installing BusView on the PG eiie Op De bape ass ep ao stp aceasta 17 243 12923 0P DSB asi ticiei erect ioni t eect 17 2 4 4 Establish communication E SB ii Rete Sd eoe vA Se tII UR epa rA S Odes xe E epe 18 2 4 5 Establish communication RS 232 sess enne enne 18 2 4 5 1 Communication Parameters essere enne ennt 19 2 4 6 Troubleshooting Connection Problems eene 20 2 4 6 1 Troubleshooting Checklist uus oo t PR PARE CQ Yd uisi sce tea dapi 21 2 5 Terminal User Enf rfac u cessisse btt sassenssenescsdsensosedzsaiavesisessenssenassssveasouncseus 21 25 1 Establish a Connection ones ena Ru p RU pad enn Ev d tabes duca ON dus iden ocv ba eM Cb upP ME 21 vi User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group
276. sferred during the address phase and then the target has to increment the address for each data phase Peripheral Component Interconnect 184 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 7 Signal Reference 7 2 PCI Transfer e Address Phase The transfer Initiator applies an address to the Address Data bus which the Target device recognizes as an address within its address range At the same time the type of transaction is applied to the Command Byte Enable C BE 3 0 bus and FRAME is asserted The F RAME signal indicates that there is a valid address and transaction type on the bus and is asserted from the Initiator starts the address phase until it is ready to complete the last data phase The Address Phase is one PCI clock cycle except for 64 bits addresses which takes two clock cycles e When a PCI target has determined that it is the target of the transaction it asserts DEVSEL e Data Phase s There can be one or more data phases in a transfer Each takes one PCI clock cycle The number of bytes transferred in each data phase is determined in the C BE 3 0 field If bit O is asserted the least significant byte is transferred etc e Completing the Transaction The Initiator de asserts FRAME and asserts RDY when it is about to transfer the last data and de asserts RDY again on
277. signal of the PBTM 515 is sampled 3 6 2 Word Recognition Triggering Stage 36 A central element of any logic analyzer is the ability to recognize events i e a particular signal pattern in the target system so that the acquisition of event samples can stop at the desired moment i e the process referred to as triggering There are four full width word recognizers forming the foundation not only for triggering but also for store qualification store filter and counting purposes Counting can be used to delay the triggering process until a particular number of bus cycles occur and it is also used for statistical purposes Thus the three main purposes of the word recognizers are e Triggering e Store qualification e Occurrence Counting User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 3 Functional description Busses Any signal or signal group can be included with a particular value or as don t groups care in the word recognizers Signals from the target bus may be included in the word recognizers as a bus like address and data they may be combined into groups like the St at us group consisting of the signals DEVSEL STOP FRAME 1I RDY and TRDY or simply as individual signals Section 7 11 describes the built in groups monitored by BusView Negation When multiple signals are combined into a bus o
278. space gt lt data_size gt lt cycle_type gt The arguments are described in Table 6 5 Description Default Required Optional addr Start address of PCI area to write to addr space PCI address space m PCI Memory space i PCI I O space c PCI Configuration space P fases bises 4 Valid values are 1 2 or 4 bytes 4 cycle_type Single cycle or burst cycle type s Single b Burst Mem cycles only Table 6 5 The arguments of the Write command User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 141 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Once the Write command has been executed the data is displayed in the PCI Exerciser window Buttons at the bottom of the window are used for further display alternatively the keystrokes in Table 6 2 can be used Write to next area p Write to previous area D Write to the same area Write data to address new address Table 6 6 Using the Write command Example 1 PCI Exerciser w 24000000 Explanation w Write command 24000000 PCI start address Burst When the burst option is used the data are entered at the desired address in the same way as for single cycle but the actual writing is not performed until the user quits entering data The user is prompted whether the burst should be performed or not Note In Configuration space all accesses are 4 byte ali
279. t 219 terminal 21 _XFERDETAIL 219 VT100 207 _XTRG2 219 binary details 59 50Q BNC trigger cable 35 boot PROM 225 64 bits address 60 brackets 64 bits data 60 use of 75 64 bits range 59 BTC 32 64 bits support 39 buffer 90 PMC test adapter 16 trace 38 installing 16 built in groups 37 A64 D64 60 Burst 106 191 A64Dta 106 burst cycle 27 absolute time 33 burst cycles Trace window 83 address incrementing 27 absolute relative time tags 204 Burst Distribution 97 131 accumulate mode 104 134 burst transfer 185 ACK64 189 Burst 191 pull up resistors 39 bus command 187 actions bus commands 187 Sequencer 72 bus numbers 163 active low high 54 Bus Profile 96 131 AD 31 0 186 data transfers histogram 97 AD 63 32 189 wait cycles histogram 97 adapter bus tracer chip 32 90 PMC 16 Bus Transfer Rate 96 131 add GNT a d 96 signal fields 56 197 histogram 96 windows 90 units 96 add event 58 Bus Utilization 94 131 add events 198 data burst 95 address data total 95 configuration cycle 139 140 143 efficiency 95 address incrementing 27 transaction time 94 triggering 27 bus utilization meter 51 95 121 address phase 186 bus utilization meter options 121 latching 31 busses AddrPh 106 in waveforms 88 alphanumeric list 123 BusView alphanumeric trace list 82 install 17 navigation 85 multiple sessions 43 analyzing capabilities 30 requirements 17 AND 79 byte enables 187 annunciator 4 c 153 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 245 Arti
280. t makes the cursor jump to the next edge of the currently selected signals If it Edge tool bar searches for a rising edge falling edge or any edge is set with the Edge button Options command See Section 6 9 1 8 below 124 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference 6 9 1 8 Edge Options The Edge Options command defines if the Search commands Next Edge and Previous Edge should search for a rising edge a falling edge or any edge The command is only available in Waveform display mode 6 9 2 Jump Menu To allow the user to jump easily from one place in the trace buffer to another a set of jump tools are developed 6 9 2 1 First Line The Fi rst Line command makes the cursor jump to the first line of the trace The First buffer Line tool bar button 6 9 2 2 Last Line The Last Line command makes the cursor jump to the last line of the trace The Last buffer Line tool bar button 6 9 2 3 Trigger Line The Trigger Line command makes the cursor jump to the trigger line The The trigger line can be at Start of Trace 25 of Trace 50 of Trace 75 of Trace Trigger Line and End of Trace according to Section 6 2 7 tool bar button 6 9 2 4 Marker Y The Marker Y command makes the cursor jump to the position of the Y marker in the trace buffer For
281. t they are all don t care AnyThing In addition there is a fixed i e not editable event named AnyThing This pattern will always be empty i e contain an all don t care pattern which makes it suitable to use as an unconditional trigger without having to clear one of the editable events The default Event Patterns window contains the most important signals and signal groups for the current sampling mode The user may insert additional signals or signal groups as well as additional patterns with user defined labels 52 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation Active low Signals which are defined as active low in the target bus are indicated by a after the signal name Example BE This means that the signal is shown as a 0 in the trace when active W Bus View Pals ES File Edit Trace Statistics Exerciser Setups Utilities Window Help oe fale pies Pl A Bees PCI Currer AnyThing OO x PCI Event Patterns Event Size Burst Command fiddress Data BEH Status Err INTx Ext74 x ES x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXX3 NX XX XXXX XXXX Y d x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX EDN XX XXXX XXXX x x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX Active low 4 KXXX XXXX x x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX x x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX x XX XXXX XXXX PCI Sequencer Single Event Mode Sampling i
282. ta TdwodTr Target disconnect without data Target retry User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 189 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 7 Signal Reference Note E Table 7 5 The state field When the C BE field is signaling a 64 bits transfer by asserting the Dual Address Command the State field will be decoded as Hi Addr during the first address cycle and Lo WAd dr during the second address cycle 7 11 5 Burst Burst CLOCK mode TRANSFER TRANSFER DETAILS mode Note 1 Note 2 190 The Bur st bit is activated when both F RAME and RDY go active and is deactivated when F RAME and RDY both go inactive As the name implies the Burst bit indicates a burst cycle on the bus The Burst bit can be inserted in the Event Patterns window and used as a trigger in CLOCK mode The Burst field is a combination of the Bur st bit and the St ar t bit as shown below in Table 7 6 The St ar t bit indicates the start of a transaction i e it is active in the address phase as shown in Table 7 5 The St ar t bit is only visible as a part of the Burst field i e it can not alone be used as a trigger condition and it is not visible in the trace The Burst field can be inserted in the Event Patterns window and used as a trigger in TRANSFER and TRANSFER DETAILS mode The Burst field is very useful to identify
283. ta_size gt The arguments are described in Table 6 5 Description Default Optional addr Start address of PCI area to modify addr space PCI address space m PCI Memory space i PCI I O space c PCI Configuration space S VHC Valid values are 1 2 or 4 bytes 4 Table 6 3 The arguments of the Modify command User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 139 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Once the Modify command has been executed the data is displayed in the PCI Exerciser window Buttons at the bottom of the window are used for further display alternatively the keystrokes in Table 6 2 can be used Modify next area p Modfy previous area D Modify the same area Modify data at address new address Table 6 4 Using the Modify command Example 1 PCI Exerciser m 20000 c 4 Explanation m Modify command 20000 PCI start address c PCI Configuration space 4 4 byte accesses Note In Configuration space all accesses are 4 byte aligned since Al and AO are used to indicate Configuration cycle type 0 or 1 Warning When modifying PCI Configuration space using Configuration cycles type 0 and more than one of the address bits AD 31 11 are 1 a warning will be displayed in the Exerciser window Explanation A PCI device is a target of a configuration cycle only if its IDSEL is asser
284. ted and AD 1 0 is 00 Most PCI systems implements generation of IDSEL by connecting the IDSEL associated with device number 0 to AD16 the IDSEL associated with device number 2 to AD17 etc When more than one of the bits AD 31 11 are 1 several PCI devices might try to respond to the same cycle leading to system crash and in worst case a permanent hardware failure 6 11 3 3 Write The Write command allows the user to write data into PCI Memory space PCI I O space or PCI Configuration space Master menu Select Write from the Master menu and the dialog box in Figure 6 16 appears 140 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Exerciser prompt 6 Commands Reference PCI Exerciser Master Write x fiddress space Henory Start address 24000099 1 0 Config Cycle type Single 4 Data size n Byte H cancer Figure 6 16 Master Write command PCI Exerciser OF Xx PCI w 24000000 248088888 abbaabba 24000004 cafecafe 24000008 12345678 2466066c 24000010 87654321 i gt New Address e9608008 Prev Same Next Quit Figure 6 17 The result of the Write command in the Exerciser window The following command format is used to execute the Write command from the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI w lt addr gt lt addr_
285. th the mouse and choose Edi t Copy press the A tool Copy button at the tool bar or press the Ctr c keys ar button 6 2 4 Paste The Past e command allows the user to paste event patterns signal fields etc The or whatever previously has been copied into the clipboard into the appropriate Paste tool window bar button Event patterns When pasting event patterns place the cursor below the event pattern where the new pattern should be inserted and select Edi t Paste press the Paste button at the tool bar press the NS key at the keyboard or press the Ct r v keys Signal fields When pasting signal fields place the cursor on the signal field to the right of where the new one should be inserted and select Edi t Past e press the Paste button at the tool bar press the INS key at the keyboard or press the Ctrl v keys 6 2 5 Clear The Cl ear command allows the user to clear event patterns i e reset them to The all don t care values Select the event pattern to be cleared and select Clear tool Edi t Cl ear orpress the Cl ear button at the tool bar The Cut command Parputton can be used for clearing one signal field at a time in an event pattern User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 111 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference 6 2 6 Insert q The Insert tool bar button Event
286. the frequency the counter last used and thereby the counter Resolution R P When calculating the Time T Time Tag the resolution is needed plus a Base Value B P which is the maximum time tag value from the previous prescale value B P expressed as a function of the prescale value B P 0x100 R P 1 B P 1 P gt 0 B P 0 TtBase where R P 1 is the resolution at the previous prescale value see Table 9 6 P is the prescale value and the 0x100 factor is the maximum Tag Count from the previous prescale value This gives a formula for the total Time T Time Tag B P C R P where C is the Tag 7 0 i e the Tag Count The Time Tag is found to be 0x223 which gives a Tag Prescale value P 2 and a Tag Count value C 0x23 T 0x223 B P 2 0x23 R P 2 With a TtBase value of 30ns this yields 27 27ps Table 9 6 Converting time tags to time values User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 217 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 9 Trace File Format 9 5 Details of Internally Generated Bits _Extract Used in firmware search and extract operation Not used during sampling _AD64 1 in A64 and D64 trace lines Used TRANSFER sampling only _Burst 1 if both FRAME and IRDY goes active indicating a burst cycle 0 when both FRAME and IRDY goes inactive _Wait The number of wait cycles from the address phase to the first data phase
287. the Address and the Command field at the first rising edge of the clock after FRAME has been asserted Address phase The Data and Byte Enables are sampled at the first rising edge of the clock when TRDY RDY and DEVSEL are all asserted Data phase In this way the Address Command Data and Byte Enables get all 32 bit cycles only lined up and appear side by side in the Event Patterns and in Trace Display User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 31 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 3 Functional description 3 5 2 1 TRANSFER DETAILS Sampling Note Special modes Sampled signals TRANSFER DETAILS sampling is a special case of TRANSFER sampling and can be regarded as a combination of the CLOCK and the TRANSFER modes It works as TRANSFER sampling but during a bus transaction when FRAME and or RDY are active it samples one sample per PCI clock as shown in Figure 3 3 This way all idle clock cycles are skipped conserving space in the trace buffer As for TRANSFER mode each sample includes the Address and Command which are latched from the address phase Only 32 bits systems are supported in this mode TRANSFER DETAILS sampling is activated with the command Edi t Sampling Mode Sampling Options using the selection ncl ude Transfer Details when in Single Event Mode It can also be chosen in the Sequencer when in T
288. the cursor is at the right side of the markers Place the X marker where you want the new marker to be Select Set Marker Y Z from the Markers menu or press the Y Z marker button at the tool bar and the new marker appears on top of the X marker The markers are removed by selecting Remove Marker Y Z from the Markers menu BusView PCI CLOCK mode Trace on Tracer triggered at 25 Edit Search rum Format Marker rr iei Help 188ns X ax 5h8ns X Z 1 8 1 2 CZBE 3 0 1118 amp D 31 8 FFFF8391 IRDY 8 TRDY 4 ono ono OOOTIFTC OOOTIFTC STOP 4 SERR 4 Ext36 1111 C T 3l PCI 33 3MHz 32 Figure 4 47 Using markers 4 8 3 Additional Windows Additional windows or views of the current trace buffer may be opened and closed when needed A new view of the trace buffer is displayed by selecting Alphanumeric List or Waveform from the Wi ndow menu or the tool bar When having more than one window of the trace open at the same time the windows are numbered 1 2 etc The windows are totally independent views of the same trace memory and can be scrolled individually see Figure 4 48 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 89 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation BusView Edit Search Jump Format Marker Utilities Window Help 5 3 5 Se
289. the power goes down on the remote system all data will not be lost because it is still possible to get the trace saved to the NV RAM Save Trace Options CH Automatic run at power up Automatic save when trace full Lines to save in Non volatile RAM CX gt Follow trigger position gt Save lines First Line Last Line 2647 Number of Lines 2848 lt Ok gt lt Cancel Figure 8 2 The Save Trace Options dialog box Pull downs Most of the editing in the Event Patterns window and the Sequencer window can be done the same way as for BusView by using the keyboard version An exception is shown in Figure 8 3 Open the dialog box by pressing CR on the Si ze field The v at the end of the editable field indicates a pull down menu Press the down cursor key to display the pull down menu Make a selection and ee 99 press CR or press ESC or to cancel Bits _Muxed _AD64 FRAMEH IRDY Predefined values JUDE RED lt Ok gt lt Cancel gt Figure 8 3 The size field dialog box User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 8 Terminal User Interface Function Keys VT100 VT220 etc have function keys labeled PFI1 PF4 while the corresponding keys on PC keyboards normally are labeled F1 F4 with additional functions keys labeled F5 F12 PF2 or F2 Moves the cursor b
290. the script file with a at the beginning of the line The F4 key can be used as a short cut key 6 11 6 9 Insert Wait The Insert Wait command displays the Insert Wait dialog box where the user can enter the number of milliseconds to wait To wait for 5 ms wait 5 will be written to the script file 6 11 6 10 Insert Loop The Insert Loop command displays the Insert Loop dialog box where the user can enter the loop count To loop 5 times loop 5 will be written to the script file 6 11 6 11 Insert End of Loop The Insert End of Loop command inserts an end statement into the script file which marks where the end of the loop is 6 11 6 12 Stop Recording The Stop Recording command displays a dialog box asking if the user really wants to stop recording of the script file If the OK button is pressed the recording of the script file is stopped User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 173 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference 6 11 6 13 Silent Mode The Silent Mode command makes the script run in silent mode Silent mode means that no output is written in the Exerciser window when the script is running so even if there is a display command in the script nothing will be displayed This mode is usefull to reduce delays between commands i e to speed up the execution of the script 6 11 7 Miscellaneous Commands 6 11
291. the total number of samples i e Displayed Value EventCount Total Count 100 This gives a dynamic activity indicator showing a new fresh measurement at every update In Accumulate mode the displayed value is the cumulative sum of all previous counter readings shown as a percentage of the accumulated total number of samples i e Displayed Value Event Counts Total Counts N 100 where N is the number of updates in the session Which mode to choose Selection of the Accumulate versus Reset mode is typically driven by the total number of samples to be observed in the measurement Measurements made with CLOCK sampling typically require the use of the Accumulate mode to yield significant results because the counters reach terminal count very rapidly in response to the fixed frequency of the sampling clock Bus cycle measurements made with the TRANSFER sampling option may or may not require the Accumulate option to yield significant results Bus cycle measurements are affected by two key application specific factors The total number of cycle operations occurring on the back plane and the frequency at which the cycles occur The measurement of applications consisting of less than 1048576 1M bus cycles may be accomplished within the limits of the Reset mode of operation This mode is often quite sufficient to support detailed characterization of new software and firmware in an isolated environment However characteriz
292. ting mode and is given below Current Consumption Idle not sampling Idle not sampling Clock Sampling Clock Sampling Table 2 2 Power consumption PBTM 515 The PBTM 515 can also be powered from an external power source through the front panel inlet as shown in Figure 2 3 Choosing one or the other is done with two blue heavy duty jumpers GND Figure 2 3 External powering of the PBTM 515 The factory settings of the jumpers are in the Z1 and Z2 positions located at the bottom side of the analyzer between the two 32 bit PMC connectors shown in Figure 11 1 for the PBT 515 and in Figure 11 3 for the PBTM 515 To allow for external power supply move the Z1 jumper to Z3 and the Z2 jumper to Z4 The Z3 and Z4 positions are located behind the power inlet connector There is an external power supply available from VMETRO with part number 401 EPSU User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Warning 2 Installation Both jumpers have to be moved Moving only one jumper will connect the external power supply s 5V to the system s 5V causing excessive ground currents and other undesired effects 2 3 3 Top Spacer for Stacking Warning If all the PMC slots on the host board are occupied by PMC modules it is possible to place the PBTM 515 in between the host board and one of the PMC modules under test
293. tion Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation Bits HUXED 64BIT FRAME IRDY Figure 4 13 Edit the Size field in the Event Patterns window 4 5 1 3 Clearing Contents of Signal Fields Typing an x into a field will set the corresponding bit s to don t care An x means that this bit signal on the bus will be ignored when the tracer is looking for a trigger or when using this event as storage qualifier Clear the field by selecting Cl ear from the tool bar or the Edi t menu or by pressing the DEL key 4 5 1 4 Hiding Signal Field Columns Select an entire field column by clicking on the name at the top of the column If positioned on an empty all x field selecting Cut from the tool bar or the Edi t menu or pressing the DEL key will make the field column disappear It can be re inserted later at any place in the event window 4 5 1 5 Adding Signal Field Columns Note 1 Note 2 Select an entire field column by clicking on the name at the top of the column Seleting ns ert from the tool bar or the Edi t menu or pressing the INS key makes the dialog box in Figure 4 14 containing a signal list appear Select the signal you want to insert press the OK button and the field column of the new signal will appear to the left of the cursor By typing the first letter of the signal to be inserted the cursor moves to the first signal starting with that specific letter More than one signal can be ins
294. tion If PCIO then Count with reset 1048575 occurrences of PCI1 then Store PCIO or PCI 1 If PCI 2 then Count with reset 65535 occurrences of PCI3 then If PCI 2 then Delay 120us then if Anything then Trigger at 75 of Trace Else Up to 16 levels Figure 3 8 A Sequencer program 3 6 4 Sample Storage Stage After the collected samples have passed the sampling stage and the word recognition triggering stage they will arrive either in the sample storage or statistics counting stage 3 6 4 1 Trace Buffer During normal trace sessions the samples are stored in the trace buffer The trace buffer can be regarded as a circular memory see Figure 3 9 addressed by an address counter which is incremented after each stored sample The buffer is written to continuously until a trigger is found overwriting previous samples when full L Figure 3 9 The circular trace buffer 3 6 4 2 Trigger Position 38 When a trigger occurs the process of storing further cycles depends on the selected trigger position If the trigger position is set to End of Trace 100 no more samples will be stored after the trigger and the samples recorded in the trace buffer will be presented on the screen By contrast if the trigger position is set to Start of Trace 0 the entire trace buffer will be filled with new cycles before the acquisition process stops In between there are possibilities to select trigger positions as 25 50 and
295. trumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 10 Firmware Upgrade 10 4 2 Communication Errors The message in Figure 10 13 indicates communication problems e Check the cable It should be according to Section 2 5 1 e Check that the cable is connected to the COM port being used e Try to clear the Non volatile memory by moving the J8 jumper to the alternative position for a couple of second and then back again See Figure 11 1 e Try to move the J15 jumper to the Flash Eprom disabled position and the upload procedure Remember to move the jumper back again before running the firmware See Figure 11 1 ERROR Cannot establish contact with the tracer Please check your serial ports and cables before proceeding Refer to the documentation of the PBI CX gt 515 and configure the TERM port of the tracer to AUTO Then reset the PBT X gt 515 and restart the installation Figure 10 13 Error message indicating no contact with the tracer 10 4 3 Flash Memory Errors The following message indicates that 12V is missing or some other problem with the Flash memory ERROR Cannot erase the Flash memory Try the upload once more If it still does not work the PBT lt X gt 515 may need service e Check if the system provides 12V applies to Exerciser FLASH only i e only PBT 515 boards e Check if jumper J9 and jumpers J17 J18 is installed properly See Chapter 11 If both of these items check o
296. trumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Exerciser The following command format is used to execute the DMA Abort command prompt from the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI dma abort lt chl gt lt ch2 gt lt ch3 gt Example 1 PCI dma_abort 1 3 Explanation dma_abort DMA Abort command 1 abort DMA channel 1 3 abort DMA channel 3 The DMA channels can be listed in an arbitrary order If no DMA channel is specified all running DMAs are aborted Status line If a DMA is active and the green indicator is on a double mouse click on the information field will terminate the DMA 6 11 3 8 Test The Test command allows the user to repeatedly fill PCI Memory space or PCI I O space with a given pattern read it back and verify for errors Master menu Select Test from the Master menu and the dialog box in Figure 6 26 appears PCI Exerciser Master Test x Address space Memory Memory Start address 39900000 End address 300FFFFF Local address 000099 Cycle type Burst 4 Data size afs Byte Output type walking One 4 Data value 2 00000099 Repeat count 32 8 is forever cancer Figure 6 26 Master Test command PCI Exerciser Iof x PCI t 38801888 3606ffFFF o 32 m 4 b No errors found in test pattern OK PCI _ 4 a New Address gt 06000005 Prev Sane Next guit 150 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exer
297. ttons at the bottom of the Exerciser window Keyboard keys are q Q Esc or to quit or any other key to continue Because the Exertrg signal is turned off after user input it can only be used as trigger when the analyzer is sampling in CLOCK mode i e in TRANSFER mode it can be turned off before a cycle appears on the bus It is recommended to run the test with single cycles when the Exertrg trigger signal is taken into use in the analyzer because the trigger signal is asserted during the verify process When burst cycles are used an error can occur in the first transfer of the burst but the trigger signal will not be asserted until the burst is finished and the verify process has started 6 11 3 10 Cycle Sequence Master menu 154 The Cycle Sequence command generates a sequence of PCI cycles No output except error messages are generated This command is useful to make traffic on the PCI bus Select Cycle Sequence from the Master menu and the dialog box in Figure 6 30 appears User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference PCI Exerciser Master Cycle Sequence Config Read 4 Byte 88888888 Figure 6 30 Master Cycle Sequence command PCI Exerciser PCI q 20000 266FF 2 c PCI _ on Wwe me seme ree avit Figure 6
298. u contains two menu options described below Both are activated with a single key as indicated If no changes are required type CR to enter the setup screen of the analyzer VMETRO PBT 515BX 64K PCI BUS ANALYZER PCI BUS SPEED 33 3000 MHz FIRMWARE VERSION 5350 ERMINAL PORT 9600 81N HOST PORT 9600 81N ERMINAL TYPE DEC VT 100 VT 102 PIGGYBACK CONNECTED NONE START UP OPTIONS I SELECT NEW TERMINAL TYPE C3 CLEAR NON VOLATILE MEMORY SELECT AN OPTION OR TYPE lt CR gt TO CONTINUE Figure 2 11 The start up menu 2 5 2 1 Select New Terminal Type The user interface of the PBT X 515 is fully screen oriented taking advantage of the graphical properties of VT100 compatible and similar terminals This requires that the user specify which terminal or terminal emulator is being used 22 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com Terminal type CR Continue 2 Installation By typing a T a list of the supported terminal types is given as shown in Figure 2 12 The selected terminal type is stored in non volatile memory and unless this is cleared it is not necessary to select the terminal type every time the board is powered up Select the preferred terminal type by typing the
299. uencer Signal reverts to an inactive state on samples not satisfying the prevailing store condition When the Follow Trigger or Follow Store is selected a short pulse is generated on the TRIGGER output signal when the tracer is started with Tr ace Run 6 6 5 Simulated Hardware Displays a dialog box telling which hardware modules are available for simulating an analyzer when the tracer is off line 6 6 6 User Interface Options The User Interface Options are presented in a dialog box as shown in Figure 6 6 There are six options none of which are crucial for the Bus View behavior Hl User Interface Options El V Save desktop settings on exit V Show percentage completed dialog box when connecting Show sampling status window at trace run v Use simulated LEDs in status line v Use watchdog on Exerciser V Require user input on Exerciser Test and Compare Cancel Figure 6 6 The User Interface Options dialog box Save desktop settings on exit BusView will start up with the same window and setup as last time it was running Show percentage completed dialog box when connecting User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 119 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference At startup BusView loads the tracer status With this option activated BusView displays a dialog box showing the percentage of the tracer status that has been
300. ur events each may be stored The Fi e commands can be used to store setup information on files on the PC 6 5 1 Initialize Initialize will reset all values that have been entered into the Setup window The event patterns Sequencer trigger position sampling mode and the Statistics options are returned to the default conditions as seen after initial power up or after clearing non volatile memory 6 5 2 Load The Load command displays a dialog box containing all stored setups as shown in Figure 6 5 There is always one setup called Def aul t present The default setup can not be deleted 116 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Load Setup Figure 6 5 Loading a setup 6 5 3 Store The St or e command will ask for a setup name like the one MySetup in Figure 6 5 and store the current setup The selected name will then appear in the Setups Load dialog box 6 5 4 Delete A setup can be deleted from the list by the Del et e command The same dialog box as the Load dialog box appears containing all stored setups except the default setup 6 5 5 Make Current TheMake Current command has to be used to choose which setup to run if there is more than one setup open 6 6 Utilities Menu Under the Ut i i ti es menu a number of utility functions are available Note
301. us Utilization Histogram oj x y Session Function Options Utilities Window Help l x EMTs Total number of samples 4138872 Transactions Data Total Data Burst Efficiency 14 2 1 2 1 15 580179 87331 86828 33 2MHz 32 Figure 4 52 The Bus Utilization Histogram 4 9 3 1 Bus Utilization Meter 94 In addition to the Bus Utilization statistics mode there is a Bus Utilization Meter available The Bus Utilization Meter is a real time Bus Utilization and Efficiency statistics that can run at all times as an active window on the screen in parallel with bus tracing exercising or other statistics modes The Bus Utilization Meter window can be displayed in several different ways as explained in Section 4 4 5 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation 4 9 4 Bus Transfer Rate The Bus Transfer Rate statistics takes a series of traces and calculates the transfer rate in MTransfers Sec and Mbytes Sec according to the description in Section 4 9 1 1 Note that the tracer does not collect samples in the period between two traces when the collected data is being processed The Bus Transfer Rate function is activated by selecting Bus Transfer Rate from the Function menu or the tool bar An example is shown in Figure 4 53 Total mmber of samples 1 GNT a GNT GNT c GNT 4
302. ut OK see Section 10 1 4 the FLASH memory may be damaged Please call VMETRO Support for further instructions 10 4 4 Tuning Parameters Lost If the dialog box in Figure 10 14 is displayed when the tracer is restarted the tuning parameters are lost 230 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 10 Firmware Upgrade Tuning Parameters Lost In order to ensure reliable operation of your board the tuning parameters must be re entered Please identify the serial number PCB revision and ECO level on the underside of the board and contact UMETRO to get the correct tuning parameters Figure 10 14 Missing the tuning parameters Press CR and the dialog box in Figure 10 15 is displayed Call VMETRO Support or your distributor to get the correct tuning parameters for the Tracer Without it the tracer still works but may show inaccurate results The firmware is dependent of a correct PCB revision and ECO level to fully utilize the hardware configuration of the tracer Board Dependent Tuning Parameters PCB rev A Cchar gt ECO level 83 Cdec gt Btc Pu DelOn DelOff 9 8fn 68 iF chex 1 6A 68 1c 2 6A 68 17 3 6A 68 an 4 08 515 68 5 00 68 11 AD converter tuning 5U slope B offset 8 lt dec gt 12U 12U Temp z I nETTHEMM lt Update Flash lt Cance
303. vious error 115 jump tools 85 89 jumpers Ext3 or GNT 36 Ext4 or REQ 36 Ext5 or PME 36 external power 13 14 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 13 Index GNT latching 35 main blocks 32 J10 35 36 main header Jil 35 36 trace file format 214 J13 236 make current 118 J14 236 marker J15 231 delete marker Y 129 J17 225 231 236 delete marker Z 129 J18 225 231 236 set marker Y 129 J19 136 177 set marker Z 129 J28 36 marker Y 126 J8 23 119 231 marker Y Z 204 J9 225 231 marker Z 126 NV memory 23 119 markers 89 shared signals 36 insert 90 keyboard control 42 remove 90 keywords T marker 89 Sequencer 74 X marker 89 1 170 Y marker 90 last command 136 Z marker 90 last line 126 master latency 192 compare 153 counter 33 config scan 161 target 33 cycle sequence 155 ld 163 display 136 leaving DMA 144 Sequencer 70 DMA abort 149 leaving Single Event mode 64 exercise 157 LED 41 fill 143 DMA 147 149 150 intack 159 interrupts 179 load memory from file 170 level on trigger 120 modify 139 If 166 save memory to file 168 line number 127 special 160 Sequencer 75 TDMA 148 ll 171 test 150 Im 165 write 141 load 117 170 182 write burst 141 load from PC Host 202 MCT 107 load predefined setup 109 memory load script 172 target 29 local trace buffer 38 display 163 Memory Read Line 51 fill 166 Memory Read Multiple
304. w 6 9 4 1 Scale The Scal e command opens the dialog box in Figure 6 11 By using the slide The control by changing the percentage or by clicking at the Zoom In Out buttons ga tool at each end of the slide control the user may change the axis of the waveforms ar button in the Trace Display window The Zoom In Out buttons increase decrease the sample size by a factor of 2 TE of default sample size 5 pixels sample zd L1 Iz Figure 6 11 The Scale dialog box 6 9 4 2 Zoom In if The Zoom n command increases the sample size by a factor of 2 i e it is The used to get a closer look at the waveform diagrams Zoom In tool bar button 6 9 4 3 Zoom Out pz The Zoom Out command decreases the sample size with a factor of 2 i e it is The used to get an overview of the trace buffer Zoom Out tool bar button 6 9 4 4 Decoding and Formatting eel The Decoding and Formatting command allows the signal at the 112 The cursor position to be presented in a decoded form with mnemonics A dialog eects ia A box appears with one or two options depending on which signal field is ee 100 selected The first option enables disables global decoding formatting and the second option enables disables decoding formatting for that specific signal field User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 127 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE
305. w Saved Trace Shows the trace that is saved in the Non Volatile RAM A portion of a trace up to 2K samples i e 2048 trace lines can be saved to the Non Volatile RAM from the Trace Display screen See Section 0 Save Trace Options Displays the dialog box in Figure 8 2 containing trace options for saving to the Non Volatile RAM The first option makes the tracer run a trace at power up The second option makes the tracer automatically save the trace to NV RAM as soon as the trace is full To the second option it is possible to specify which part of the trace to be saved but in any case only 2K samples are saved Follow trigger position means that User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 193 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 8 Terminal User Interface Note 8 1 3 2 Edit 194 the 2K samples are saved in the same way as a regular trace is sampled i e if the trigger position is at 50 of trace the tracer saves 1K samples before the trigger and 1K samples after the trigger Save lines enables the user two specify a number of lines up to 2K to be saved If the Save lines option is selected and the trigger is not at start of trace the trigger sample will not be saved because 2K samples is not enough to reach the trigger sample These save trace options are useful if the system is monitoring a remote application somewhere If for instance
306. window In Single Event mode the user can edit the sampling mode which event to trigger on and the trigger position The sampling mode and the trigger position is edited with tool bar buttons or from the Edi t menu on the menu bar The event is edited and selected in the Event Patterns window In Figure 4 24 Eventl is chosen to be the trigger condition and the trigger position is set to 25 of trace will BusView m x File Edi Trace Statistics Exerciser Setups Utilities Window Help ERICIEN HEIESESESEREZ Bes PCI Setup mf xi PCI Event Patterns Event Size Burst Command fiddress Data BE Status Err INTx Ext74 AnyThing x x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX x XX XXXX XXXX PCI6 xX x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX x XX XXXX XXXX PCI1 z AD32 x x LLSPELLA XXXXXXXX XXXX x XX XXXX XXXX PCI2 SX x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX x XX XXXX XXXX PCI3 xX x x XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXX x XX XXXX XXXX PCI Sequencer Single Event Hode Sampling in TRANSFER mode Store RLL If PCI1 then Trigger at START of trace PCI 66 7MHz 32 Figure 4 24 PCI setup with the Sequencer in Single Event mode 4 6 1 1 Editing the Single Event Sampling Mode Trigger Position 60 The sampling mode is changed by choosing Edi t Sampling Mode Cl ock or by pressing the CLOCK mode the tool bar button The default trigger position is at Start of Trace This means that when the trace is displayed no samples are shown before the tr
307. www artisantg com 8 Terminal User Interface 8 TERMINAL USER INTERFACE 8 1 Using a Terminal Instead of BusView The terminal user interface is very similar to the BusView user interface the menus are approximately the same and the various screens are the same The main difference is that the Fi e command some statistics modes and the tool bar are missing and the fact that there is no mouse for control This section will explain the differences between running a terminal and running BusView Menu options that are equal for the two cases will not be mentioned the reader has to use the BusView manual in the earlier chapters 8 1 1 Keyboard Control Underline TL ESC or All the items at the menu bar have one underlined or highlighted character the accelerator key A menu is opened by pressing this character i e pressing t opens the Trace menu Alternatively use the left and right cursor keys to select the preferred item and open the menu by pressing the down cursor key or CR Moving around in the pull down menu is done with the cursor keys or by pressing the underlined highlighted key of the preferred item in the list a selection is made by pressing CR Using the eft and right cursor keys makes the cursor move from one item at the menu bar to the next ee 99 Pressing the ESC key or simply a makes the current menu close Type a backslash twice to refresh the screen This is useful if
308. xercise command prompt from the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI x lt start_addr gt lt end_addr gt lt value gt lt repeat gt lt cycle_type gt lt local_addr gt The arguments are described in Table 6 13 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 157 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Optional start_addr PCI hexadecimal start address of a end_addr PCI hexadecimal end address of ee eae EN value Can either be a hexadecimal value to use as fixed pattern or Z walking zero pattern o walking one pattern s address as data random data Example 1 Explanation Place a user defined pattern on the bus repeat Number of repetitons 0 is forever A new data value is generated for each repetition To stop the exercise hit ESC Br E MU or Burst cycle type local addr Toca memory address of data a 0 Table 6 13 The arguments of the Exercise command PCI x 0 8000000 abbacafe 0 b X Exercise command 0 PCI start address 8000000 PCI end address abbacafe data fill pattern 0 infinite repeat b burst cycles The value argument specifies which kind of pattern to be used Using value 1 in conjunction with the Llocal_addr argument causes the pattern atlocal addr to be used A user defined pattern can be filled into the local user memory area starting with local addr before th
309. xerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Description Default baudrate 1 19200 baud 2 38400 baud 3 115200 baud Figure 6 56 The arguments of the Speed command The following command format is used to set the baud rate to 38k4 using the Speed function at the PCI Exerciser prompt PCI speed 2 6 11 9 File Menu 6 11 9 1 Save The Save command saves the current PCI Exerciser parameters to file The EN The user is prompted for a file name Save tool bar button Parameters saved e The parameters from the Opt ions command e The parameters from the Interrupt command e The parameters from the Target command e The command history buffers e The last used parameters in all the dialog boxes from the Master and Local menus 6 11 9 2 Load The Load command prompts the user for a name of an Exerciser parameters The file created with the File Save command described above and restores the Load tool Exerciser according to the information in that file bar button 6 11 9 3 Print The Print command displays the dialog box in Figure 6 57 and is used to The print the contents of the PCI Exerciser window Print tool bar button User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 181 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 C
310. xi mum Scale provides graduated horizontal scaling of the histograms ranging from 5 to 100 Choosing lower maximum scale allows for better resolution of measurements with mostly low count values For Bus Transfer Rate the scale options are 1 35MXfer s and 5 300 Mbytes s 6 10 5 7 Count Options To optimize a statistics session to the actual system behavior there are several The Count Options that can be selected Count Options tool bar button Note Count Options only apply to Event Counting Qualifier The Qualifier selects whether all samples or valid samples should be sampled Valid samples are samples matching the selected events in the Select Events dialog box described in Section 6 10 5 8 Update The Update Every feature provides control of the screen update interval Every The screen may be updated every time interval or every sample interval The sample interval begins at 1K and increases to a maximum of 16M Samples The time interval begins at 1 second and increases to 60 seconds Simple experimentation with this display control will assist the user to quickly determine the optimum parameter needed to acquire the maximum recording resolution for the application under test Applications generating low bus cycle frequencies will typically require a smaller screen update parameter Note Use the update Every Time Interval feature to get a constant refresh rate independent of bus activity Mode The count values to be s
311. y that you are using the correct protocol and try again Figure 8 7 Send or Receive error message VMETRO Terminal Emulator Follow these instructions if operating the PBT X 515 using the VT100 Terminal Emulator from VMETRO The VT100 has a built in XMODEM CRC protocol for transferring files Select the Dump to PC Host option and the dialog box in Figure 8 5 appears Type a name and choose OK The following line appears on the screen Start KMODEM Receive on PC now Press lt ALT gt r i e the Alt key together with an r for receive You are asked for the name of the setup file Type a name and press CR When the file is received the screen refreshes automatically 200 User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 8 Terminal User Interface Load from PC Host Windows 3 1x Terminal Emulator Follow these instructions if operating the PBT X 515 using the Windows Terminal Emulator terminal exe XMODEM The Windows terminal program should be setup to send data using the XMODEM protocol Select Setti ngs Binary Transfers from the menu bar and click on XMODEM CRC Select the Load from PC Host option and the dialog box in Figure 8 8 appears from PC Host Load a setup from a file on a host o To proceed you must be using a terminal emulator on a PC or or any other host supporting the XMO
312. y to set up a trigger condition Type i Edit and e Event to enable editing in the Event Patterns window With the cursor keys select the FRAME field in the PCIO line and type a 0 This will ensure that a PCI cycle is captured User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com F1 1 Getting Started METRO PBT 515 PCI Trace Sampling TRANSFER at Start Trace ENEA Me Ul dO UTR NL 3E PCI 1 Time Burst Wait Size tomnand fiddress Data Status TRIG 8ns B e AD32 HemWri 88358888 Ch18819E 81881 K 1 38 1ns B 1 AD32 HMemWri 88358888 CS18819E 81881 2 38 1ns B 1 AD32 HemWri 88358888 Ch18819E 81881 3 38 1ns B 1 fip32 HemWri 88358888 C518819E 81881 4 38 1ns B E AD32 HemWri 88358888 C 18819E Ok 5 38 1ns B 1 AD32 HemWri 686358664 381380138 81881 6 38 1ns B 1 fip32 HemWri 88358885 381301360 81881 7 38 1ns B 1 AD32 HemWri 883586684 3813601360 81881 8 38 1ns B 1 AD32 HemWri 686358664 3813A13A 81881 9 38 1ns B 1 AD32 HemWri 883586645 3813501368 81881 18 38 1ns B a AD32 Hemi 883586684 3813A13A Ok 11 38 1ns B 1 AD32 HemWri 88358888 88888888 81881 12 38 1ns B 1 AD32 HemWri 88358888 68888888 81881 13 38 1ns B 1 AD32 HemWri 88358888 88888888 81881 1 5 38 1ns B 1 amp D32 HMemWri 88358888 GH888888 H1881 15 38 1ns B 1 fip32 HemWri 88358888 88886888 81881 16 38 1ns B a AD32 HemWri 88358888 88888888 Ok 17 38 1
313. ying what kind of cycle it is is much easier to read when using mnemonics as can be seen in Figure 4 42 4 8 1 4 Changing the Alphanumeric Formatting Template Note Default Select the signal name you want to change Select Decoding and Formatting fromtheFor mat menu or press the equivalent tool bar button The dialog box in Figure 4 43 appears The top most option enables or disables decoding and formatting globally i e it concerns all the signals fields The next option enables disables the current signal field Of course if decoding and formatting are turned off globally it is impossible to enable the current signal field Some signals are fixed as mnemonics e g the Si ze field in TRANSFER mode and a dialog box containing only the first option will appear By default the global decoding and formatting is ON in TRANSFER mode and OFF in CLOCK mode Decoding and Formatting X Enable Global Decoding Formatting Display of Command No Decoding Formatting e Decode Format when Possible Figure 4 43 The Decoding and Formatting dialog box User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 83 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 4 Operation 4 8 1 5 Navigating the Trace Buffer in Alphanumeric Mode Mouse Tol The Jump tools The search tools Searching Extracting 84 There are three ways of moving around in the trace bu
314. yte accesses b burst cycles The result is a test that writes Oxff000 bytes from local user memory address 0x30001000 to PCI address Ox300fffff reads them back and checks whether any errors have occurred in the operation This procedure is performed 32 times or until the user terminates the test by pressing the Quit button at the bottom of the PCI Exerciser window or one of the keyboard keys qg Q Esc or User s Manual PBT 515 PCI Bus Analyzer amp Exerciser 151 Artisan Technology Group Quality Instrumentation Guaranteed 888 88 SOURCE www artisantg com 6 Commands Reference Test with a user defined pattern Exertrg on verify errror CLOCK mode only The value argument specifies which kind of test pattern to be used Using value l in conjunction with the local_addr argument causes the pattern at Local_addr to be used as test pattern A user defined pattern can be filled into the local user memory area starting with local addr before the test is started This can be done using the Local Fill andthe Local Modify commands See also the Save and Load commands for saving patterns to disk Section 6 11 5 The Test command asserts a trigger signal Exertrg to the PCI Bus Analyzer when a verify error occurs For each verify error the test stops and waits for user input either to terminate the test or to continue Use the buttons at the bottom of the Exerciser window Keyboard keys a

Curtiss-Wright / VMETRO PBT-515 / PBTM-515 Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents